diff --git a/_includes/headtags.html b/_includes/headtags.html index 367389e44..584414bb5 100644 --- a/_includes/headtags.html +++ b/_includes/headtags.html @@ -1,14 +1,15 @@ -{% assign sorted_languages = site.languages | sort %} -{% for lng in sorted_languages %} - {% if lng == site.default_lang %} - - {% else %} +{% comment %} +English URLs don't have a lang subdirectory since it's the default language. +See https://github.com/untra/polyglot +{% endcomment %} + +{% for lng in site.languages | sort %} + {% if lng != "en" %} {% endif %} {% endfor %} - diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po index 52f576bad..e768da767 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-07-11 19:35+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 18:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus ermöglicht es dir mit deinen Freunden, deiner Band oder jedem, #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus is international" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus ist international" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po index 3287582d3..14df92c9d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 21:43+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` oder `--nojackconnect` Nicht automatisch mit JACK verbinden" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#verwendung-von-ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller)" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller-verwenden)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 63e66f309..172b027d0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` oder `--help` Hilfetext anzeigen" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "`-i` oder `--inifile` Setzt Speicherort der ini-Datei (überschreibt Standardeinstellung. Gebe unter macOS nur einen Dateinamen an. Konfigurationsdateien können nur aus `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/` gelesen werden. Für den Server ersetze `io.jamulus.Jamulus` durch `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Aktiviere ‚Ordner „Library“ anzeigen’ unter „Darstellung“ im Finder um den Ordner anzuzeigen.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` oder `--inifile` Setzt Speicherort der ini-Datei (überschreibt Standardeinstellung. Gebe unter macOS nur einen Dateinamen an. Konfigurationsdateien können nur aus `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/` gelesen werden. Für den Server ersetze `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` durch `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Aktiviere ‚Ordner „Library“ anzeigen’ unter „Darstellung“ im Finder um den Ordner anzuzeigen.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po index 53184936f..e4a41cc33 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:22+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: German \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ msgstr "Öffne QjackCtl und warte, bis sich das **Jack Audio Connection Kit** ö #. type: Bullet: '2. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfiguriere deine Audiohardware wie folgt:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure PipeWire" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PipeWire konfigurieren" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 @@ -258,6 +258,8 @@ msgid "" "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po index 4b1d0f3ee..054dcfeac 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:22+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -79,20 +79,18 @@ msgstr "Wenn du nicht für ein Apple-Entwicklerkonto bezahlst, läuft Jamulus h #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "Jamulus auf iOS funktioniert auf neuen Geräten recht gut, wenn alles richtig eingestellt ist. Wir empfehlen dir jedoch dringend, ein Audio-Interface und einen USB-Ethernet-Adapter zu verwenden. Um diese mit deinem iOS-Gerät zu verbinden, solltest du etwas wie den [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) und einen (mit Strom versorgten) USB-Hub verwenden." +msgstr "Jamulus auf iOS funktioniert relativ gut wenn alles richtig eingerichtet ist. Wir empfehlen dringend, ein Audio-Interface und einen USB-Ethernet-Adapter zu verwenden. Falls du ein älteres Gerät mit Lightning Anschluss und nicht USB-C besitzt, kannst du z.B. den [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) und einen (mit Strom versorgten) USB-Hub verwenden." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falls du Jamulus in einem kabellosen Netzwerk nutzen musst, solltest du Mobilfunk (5G) WLAN vorziehen." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inoffizielle Jamulus kompatible Apps wie [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/de/app/koord/id1621509341) sind im AppStore verfügbar aber haben eventuell nicht die selben Features wie der offizielle Jamulus Release." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 @@ -144,10 +142,8 @@ msgstr "Feedback und Entwicklung" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "Die iOS-Unterstützung ist noch nicht ausgereift und noch lange nicht bereit, im AppStore veröffentlicht zu werden. Du kannst gerne mithelfen: Besuche einfach das [Jamulus GitHub Repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Wir denken, dass die iOS-Unterstützung ist noch nicht ausgereift genug ist um im AppStore veröffentlicht zu werden. Du kannst gerne mithelfen: Besuche einfach das [Jamulus GitHub Repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po index 4be84ec59..a0a49d697 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po @@ -804,19 +804,19 @@ msgstr "Du kannst verschiedene Mixereinstellungen mit [Laden/Speichern Konfigura #| msgid "" #| "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" #| "```shell\n" -#| "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +#| "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #| "```\n" msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" "**Hinweis für macOS-Nutzer:** Ab Jamulus 3.8.1 gibt es ein signiertes Installationsprogramm. Dieser speichert die Einstellungen in\n" "```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +"$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" "```\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po index 42cb7498c..ca54e5f79 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-01 22:01+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus te permite tocar, ensayar o improvisar con tus amigos, tu grupo #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus is international" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus es internacional" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgid "" "Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" "You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" msgstr "" -"Consulta la[documentación](wiki/Getting-Started) ¡y ten en cuenta la [sección de resolución de problemas](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"Consulta la [documentación](wiki/Getting-Started) ¡y ten en cuenta la [sección de resolución de problemas](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" "También puedes preguntar en el [foro](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" #. type: Content of:

@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ msgstr "¿Quieres involucrarte?" #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 #, no-wrap msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" -msgstr "¿Ideas? Has encontrado un bug? ¿Quieres contribuir con código o ayudar a [traducir](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/translating.md) Jamulus a tu idioma? Puesto que Jamulus es [software libre y de código abierto](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) bajo la licencia [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) ¡nos puedes ayudar!" +msgstr "¿Alguna idea? Has encontrado un fallo? ¿Quieres contribuir con código o ayudar a [traducir](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/translating.md) Jamulus a tu idioma? Puesto que Jamulus es [software libre y de código abierto](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) bajo la licencia [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) ¡nos puedes ayudar!" #. type: Content of:



#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "Echa un vistazo a nuestra [guía para contribuciones](wiki/Contribution) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" -msgstr "_Para información detallada sobre el funcionamiento de Jamulus, consulta [este artículo de Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf).\n" +msgstr "_Para información detallada sobre el funcionamiento de Jamulus, consulta [este artículo de Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" #. type: Content of:


#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po index e397771b7..398633983 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. # gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-16 08:46+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ msgstr "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android)) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) también se pueden usar, pero se consideran experimentales._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) también se pueden utilizar, pero se consideran experimentales._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr "Tocar por primera vez" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." -msgstr "Con el sonido configurado, ya puedes empezar. Cuando te conectas a un Servidor (quizá quieras seleccionar un género de la lista), los faders que ves a la derecha son tu mezcla personal. Todo lo que cambies aquí cambiará lo que escuchas, pero no afectará a nadie más. Si bajas un fader, ese canal bajará de volumen, y si lo subes, el volumen de ese canal aumentará - para tí." +msgstr "Con el sonido configurado, ya puedes empezar. Cuando te conectas a un Servidor (quizá quieras seleccionar un género de la lista), los faders que ves a la derecha son tu mezcla personal. Todo lo que modifiques aquí cambiará lo que escuchas tú, pero no afectará a nadie más. Si bajas un fader, ese canal bajará de volumen, y si lo subes, el volumen de ese canal aumentará - para tí." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 200fb8cb2..fb21e22c8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` o `--help` Mostrar texto de ayuda" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Establece la ubicación del archivo de inicialización (sustituye al predeterminado. En macOS simplemente proporciona un nombre de archivo, ya que los archivos de configuración sólo se pueden leer desde `/Usuarios//Biblioteca/Contenedores/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. Para el servidor sustituye `io.jamulus.Jamulus` por `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Activa la opción \"Mostrar carpeta de biblioteca\" en \"Mostrar opciones de previsualización\" en Finder para ver esta carpeta.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Establece la ubicación del archivo de inicialización (sustituye al predeterminado. En macOS simplemente proporciona un nombre de archivo, ya que los archivos de configuración sólo se pueden leer desde `/Usuarios//Biblioteca/Contenedores/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. Para el servidor sustituye `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` por `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Activa la opción \"Mostrar carpeta de biblioteca\" en \"Mostrar opciones de previsualización\" en Finder para ver esta carpeta.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 03d4d35d8..684ca5b45 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -2,21 +2,21 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. # gallegonovato , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 16:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero." +msgstr "¿Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po index e4f8d2556..16ad5044d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. # gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-17 10:49+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero." +msgstr "¿Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "1. [Descargar Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\n" " **MIrror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -"1. **Instalar Jamulus**: Haz doble clic en el instalador para iniciarlo. Si aparece una advertencia de SmartScreen, haz clic en \"Más información\" y \"Ejecutar de todos modos\" para instalar Jamulus. (Si has descargado una nueva versión de Jamulus y eres una de las primeras personas que la descargó, Jamulus aún no estará en la lista blanca de SmartScreen. No pagamos por firmar el código).\n" +"1. **Instala Jamulus**: Haz doble clic en el instalador para iniciarlo. Si aparece una advertencia de SmartScreen, haz clic en \"Más información\" y \"Ejecutar de todos modos\" para instalar Jamulus. (Si has descargado una nueva versión de Jamulus y eres una de las primeras personas que la descargó, Jamulus aún no estará en la lista blanca de SmartScreen. No pagamos por firmar el código).\n" "1. **Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder utilizar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n" "1. **Configura tu tarjeta de sonido**. Cuando termines, tienes que configurar tu hardware de audio. Y si estás usando ASIO4ALL, echa un vistazo a cómo configurarlo a continuación.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po index d722d9d00..0fb2d08e1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 07:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 07:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -78,20 +78,18 @@ msgstr "Si no pagas para una cuenta de Desarrollador Apple, Jamulus solo funcion #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "Jamulus en iOS funciona bastante bien en dispositivos recientes si está todo bien configurado. Sin embargo, recomendamos encarecidamente que utilices un interfaz de audio y un adaptador USB-Ethernet. Para conectar éstos a tu dispositivo iOS, debería de utilizar algo como el [adaptador de cámara Lightning - USB](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) y un hub USB (con alimentación)." +msgstr "Jamulus en iOS funciona bastante bien si está todo bien configurado. Sin embargo, recomendamos encarecidamente que utilices un interfaz de audio y un adaptador USB-Ethernet. Si tienes un dispositivo más antiguo que tiene un puerto Lightning y no USB-C, puedes utilizar algo como el [adaptador de cámara Lightning - USB](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) y un hub USB (con alimentación)." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si tienes que usar Jamulus en una red inalámbrica, deberías de priorizar una conexión celular (5G) frente a WiFi." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hay aplicaciones no oficiales compatibles con Jamulus como [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) en la AppStore, pero puede que no tengan las mismas prestaciones que la versión oficial de Jamulus." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 @@ -143,10 +141,8 @@ msgstr "Comentarios y desarrollo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "El soporte para iOS aún no está maduro y lejos de estar listo para su publicación en el AppStore. No dudes en echar una mano: dirígete al [repositorio GitHub de Jamulus](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Nuestra postura es que la versión iOS no está lo suficientemente madura para su publicación en el AppStore. No dudes en echar una mano: dirígete al [repositorio GitHub de Jamulus](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po index 07120f39d..10c449ff2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-17 09:02+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-25 10:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -238,10 +238,8 @@ msgstr "Botón Conexión/Desconexión" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." -msgstr "Abre una ventana donde puedes seleccionar un servidor al que conectarte. Si estás conectado, pulsar este botón finalizará la sesión." +msgstr "Abre una ventana donde puedes seleccionar un servidor al que conectarte. Si estás conectado, pulsar este botón finalizará la sesión. También puedes abrir la ventana con \"File>Configuración de Conexión...\". Esto te dejará conectado a cualquier sesión en marcha hasta que te unas a otra." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 @@ -251,27 +249,23 @@ msgstr "
\"Image
\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 @@ -643,10 +636,8 @@ msgstr "Directorios Personalizados" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "Si conoces la dirección IP o URL de un servidor privado, puedes conectarte a él utilizando el campo de Nombre/Dirección del Servidor. Se puede añadir un número de puerto opcional tras la dirección utilizando dos puntos como separador, por ej. `jamulus.ejemplo.org:22124`. (Ten en cuenta que las direcciones IPv6 deben escribirse entre corchetes). El campo también mostrará una lista de los servidores utilizados recientemente." +msgstr "Si necesitas añadir direcciones de Directorio distintas a las que vienen por defecto, lo puedes hacer aquí. Si conoces la dirección IP or el nombre de host de un Directorio personalizado, puedes conectarte a él utilizando el campo de Nombre/Dirección Servidor. Se puede añadir un número de puerto opcional tras la dirección utilizando dos puntos como separador, por ej. `jamulus.ejemplo.org:22124`. (Ten en cuenta que IPv6 aún no está soportado para Directorios.) El botón a la derecha del campo permite borrar la entrada actual de la lista." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 @@ -744,8 +735,8 @@ msgstr "**Nota para usuarios de macOS:** Desde Jamulus 3.8.1, tenemos un instala #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po index 1de1ef53a..1f50029ba 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po @@ -2,22 +2,22 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2023, 2024. # cosas , 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 17:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus vous permet de jouer, de répéter ou de bœuffer avec vos amis, #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus is international" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus est international" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 905a364b6..5fcff7186 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` ou `--help` Afficher le texte d'aide" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "`-i` ou `--inifile` paramètre l'emplacement du fichier d'initialisation (remplace la valeur par défaut). Sur macOS, fournissez simplement un nom de fichier, puisque les fichiers de configuration ne peuvent être lus que depuis `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. Pour le serveur, remplacez `io.jamulus.Jamulus` par `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Activez \"Afficher le dossier Bibliothèque\" dans \"Afficher les options d'affichage\" dans le Finder pour voir ce dossier.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` ou `--inifile` paramètre l'emplacement du fichier d'initialisation (remplace la valeur par défaut). Sur macOS, fournissez simplement un nom de fichier, puisque les fichiers de configuration ne peuvent être lus que depuis `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. Pour le serveur, remplacez `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` par `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Activez \"Afficher le dossier Bibliothèque\" dans \"Afficher les options d'affichage\" dans le Finder pour voir ce dossier.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po index 8a3587e15..b4a6f7e94 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -2,21 +2,21 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. # Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-13 07:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -80,20 +80,18 @@ msgstr "Si vous ne payez pas pour un compte développeur Apple, Jamulus ne fonct #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "Jamulus sur iOS fonctionne plutôt bien sur les nouveaux périphériques si tout est configuré correctement. Cependant, nous vous recommandons vivement d'utiliser une interface audio et un adaptateur USB-Ethernet. Pour les connecter à votre périphérique iOS, vous devriez utiliser quelque chose comme le [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter (en anglais)](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) et un hub USB (alimenté)." +msgstr "Jamulus sur iOS fonctionne plutôt bien si tout est configuré correctement. Cependant, nous vous recommandons vivement d'utiliser une interface audio et un adaptateur USB-Ethernet. Si vous possédez un périphérique plus ancien doté d'un port Lightning et non d'un port USB-C, vous pouvez utiliser quelque chose comme le [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter (en anglais)](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) et un hub USB (alimenté)." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si vous devez utiliser Jamulus sur un réseau sans fil, préférez une connexion cellulaire (5G) au WiFi." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Des applications non officielles compatibles avec Jamulus comme [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) sont disponibles sur l'AppStore mais pourraient ne pas avoir les mêmes fonctionnalités que la version officielle de Jamulus." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 @@ -145,10 +143,8 @@ msgstr "Commentaires et développement" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "Le support iOS n'est pas encore mature et loin d'être prêt à être publié sur l'AppStore. N'hésitez pas à apporter votre aide : il vous suffit de vous rendre sur le [dépôt GitHub de Jamulus (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Nous pensons que la version iOS n'est pas suffisamment mûre pour être publiée sur l'AppStore. N'hésitez pas à apporter votre aide : il vous suffit de vous rendre sur le [dépôt GitHub de Jamulus (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po index 212f2e460..69d3a0c9c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-15 17:02+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -241,10 +241,8 @@ msgstr "Bouton se connecter/déconnecter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." -msgstr "Ouvre une boîte de dialogue dans laquelle vous pouvez sélectionner un serveur auquel vous connecter. Si vous êtes connecté, appuyez sur ce bouton pour mettre fin à la session." +msgstr "Ouvre une boîte de dialogue dans laquelle vous pouvez sélectionner un serveur auquel vous connecter. Si vous êtes connecté, appuyez sur ce bouton pour mettre fin à la session. Vous pouvez également ouvrir la boîte de dialogue en utilisant \"Fichier>Configuration de la connexion...\". Vous resterez alors connecté à la session en cours jusqu'à ce que vous en rejoigniez une autre." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 @@ -254,27 +252,23 @@ msgstr "
\"Image
\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 @@ -568,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "Certains pilotes de carte son ne permettent pas de modifier le délai de #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." -msgstr "Sous Linux : - si vous utilisez JACK, utilisez `QJackCtl` pour modifier la taille du tampon et redémarrer JACK; - si vous utilisez le serveur JACK de PipeWire, modifiez le paramètre Quantum de PipeWire à l'aide de ses propres outils de configuration." +msgstr "Sous Linux : - si vous utilisez JACK, utilisez `QJackCtl` pour modifier la taille du tampon et redémarrer JACK ; - si vous utilisez le serveur JACK de PipeWire, modifiez le paramètre Quantum de PipeWire à l'aide de ses propres outils de configuration." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 @@ -648,10 +641,8 @@ msgstr "Annuaires personnalisés" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "Si vous connaissez l'adresse IP ou l'URL d'un serveur privé, vous pouvez vous y connecter en remplissant le champ nom/adresse du serveur. Un numéro de port facultatif peut être ajouté après l'adresse en utilisant deux points comme séparateur, par exemple `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Notez que les adresses IPv6 doivent être entièrement placées entre crochets). Le champ affichera également une liste des adresses de serveur les plus récemment utilisées." +msgstr "Si vous avez besoin d'ajouter des adresses d'annuaires autres que celles qui sont embarquées, vous pouvez le faire ici. Si vous connaissez l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte d'un annuaire personnalisé, vous pouvez vous y connecter en remplissant le champ nom/adresse du serveur. Un numéro de port facultatif peut être ajouté après l'adresse en utilisant deux points comme séparateur, par exemple `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Notez que l'IPv6 n'est pas actuellement pris en charge pour les annuaires.) Le bouton qui suit le champ permet de supprimer l'entrée actuelle de la liste." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 @@ -752,8 +743,8 @@ msgstr "**Note pour les utilisateurs de macOS :** à partir de Jamulus 3.8.1, no #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po index dcf415d62..1757eba27 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po @@ -7,10 +7,11 @@ # Marco Ciampa , 2023. # Emanuele Frasca , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-02 21:36+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-30 19:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -18,28 +19,11 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "---\n" -#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "lang: \"en\"\n" -#| "permalink: /\n" -#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" -#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -#| "mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" -#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -#| "---\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -75,6 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" "mTPlatformsAnd: 'e'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'altre piattaforme'\n" "---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 @@ -92,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus ti consente di suonare, provare o suonare con i tuoi amici, la t #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus is international" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus è internazionale" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 @@ -132,19 +117,19 @@ msgstr "Ti va di collaborare?" #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 #, no-wrap msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Idee? Hai trovato un bug? Vuoi contribuire a qualche codice o aiutare a [tradurre](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus nella tua lingua? Poiché Jamulus è [software libero e open source](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) sotto licenza [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) puoi aiutarci!" #. type: Content of:



#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Date un'occhiata alle nostre [linee di contributo](wiki/Contribution) per scoprire come. Tutti sono i benvenuti!" #. type: Content of:





#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per informazioni dettagliate su come funziona Jamulus, vedere [questo documento di Volker Fischer PDF](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)_\n" #. type: Content of:


#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po index d8a137287..d1759ce2d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -7,18 +7,19 @@ # Massimo Pissarello , 2023. # Giuseppe , 2023. # Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -75,12 +76,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po index 709b674b2..fdec5ebc0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. # Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -74,12 +75,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 @@ -123,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 #, no-wrap msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perché non dovrei usare dispositivi wireless?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po index 3941ec3f5..fbfa87e92 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 07:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -55,24 +56,18 @@ msgstr "Per ottenere il meglio da Jamulus, come minimo avrai bisogno di:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "**Una connessione Internet cablata** (e disattiva il Wi-Fi. Consulta le [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +msgstr "**Una connessione Internet cablata** (e disattiva il Wi-Fi. Consulta le [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#perché-non-dovrei-usare-dispositivi-wireless))" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "**Cuffie cablate** (non Bluetooth o altoparlanti - vedi [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should't-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +msgstr "**Cuffie cablate** (non Bluetooth o altoparlanti - vedi [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#perché-non-dovrei-usare-dispositivi-wireless))" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" -msgstr "**Un dispositivo audio ragionevole, una scheda audio e/o un microfono** ([vedi questo elenco](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) per degli esempi)\n" +msgstr "**Un dispositivo audio ragionevole, una scheda audio e/o un microfono** ([vedi questo elenco](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) per degli esempi)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 @@ -81,10 +76,9 @@ msgstr "Per qualsiasi domanda, consulta la sezione [Discussioni](https://github. #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Installation" +#, no-wrap msgid "Installation" -msgstr "## Installazione" +msgstr "Installazione" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 @@ -93,14 +87,7 @@ msgstr "Per far funzionare Jamulus con il tuo sistema operativo, segui la guida #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| " Windows\n" -#| " macOS\n" -#| " Linux\n" -#| "
\n" -#| "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " Windows\n" @@ -114,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_Possono essere utilizzati anche [Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS), ma sono ancora considerati sperimentali._\n" +"_Possono essere utilizzati anche [Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS), ma sono considerati sperimentali._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 4f965197c..d4f3f87d9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "`-h` or `--help` Visualizza il testo della guida" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po index ea3667d06..4e2656655 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-23 15:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -79,20 +80,18 @@ msgstr "Se non paghi per un account sviluppatore Apple, Jamulus funzionerà solo #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "Jamulus su iOS funziona abbastanza bene sui nuovi dispositivi se tutto è impostato correttamente. Tuttavia, si consiglia vivamente di utilizzare un'interfaccia audio e un adattatore USB-Ethernet. Per collegarli al tuo dispositivo iOS, dovresti usare qualcosa come [Adattatore per fotocamera da Lightning a USB] (adattatore per fotocamera da https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning a USB) e un hub USB (alimentato)." +msgstr "Jamulus su iOS funziona abbastanza bene se tutto è impostato correttamente. Tuttavia, consigliamo vivamente di utilizzare un'interfaccia audio e un adattatore USB-Ethernet. Se si possiede un dispositivo più vecchio con una porta Lightning e non USB-C, è possibile utilizzare qualcosa come il [Adattatore fotocamera da Lightning a USB](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) e un hub USB (alimentato)." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se è necessario utilizzare Jamulus su una rete wireless, si dovrebbe preferire una connessione cellulare (5G) sul WiFi." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Applicazioni non ufficiali compatibili con Jamulus come [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) sono disponibili sull'AppStore ma potrebbero non avere le stesse caratteristiche del rilascio ufficiale Jamulus." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 @@ -144,10 +143,8 @@ msgstr "Feedback e sviluppo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "Il supporto iOS non è ancora maturo e lontano dall'essere pronto per essere pubblicato sull'AppStore. Sentiti libero di dare una mano: vai al [repository di Jamulus su GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "La nostra opinione è che la versione iOS non è sufficientemente matura per essere pubblicata sull'AppStore. Sentiti libero di dare una mano: vai al [repository di Jamulus su GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po index 90e3e2e18..b41be3d4d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -73,12 +74,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 @@ -160,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus offre un supporto IPv6 limitato che puoi attivare per un client #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installazione" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 58c810d85..c4a11fe60 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. # Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -75,12 +76,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po index 7b9c1acbd..8f0876705 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. # Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -79,6 +80,8 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 @@ -731,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po index b7859cb3f..e6cee14cf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -7,18 +7,19 @@ # Massimo Pissarello , 2023. # Giuseppe , 2023. # Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -75,12 +76,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po index da17a80bf..77ce98d8e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Command-Line-Options.po index b24fc936f..6d6ced9f5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Contribution.po index 9acbbfade..795f0b64d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Contribution.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Directories.po index ad487dc5d..c4012743e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Directories.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 09:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/FAQ.po index b2fc766af..b261f20ab 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/FAQ.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-26 13:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:35+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -184,7 +185,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus는 (일반적으로) 어떻게 작동하나요?" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 #, no-wrap msgid "\"Diagram\n" -msgstr "\"Jamulus의\n" +msgstr "\"Jamulus의\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po index 70af3e055..f0a3f6e1d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"스크린숏\"\n" +" \"스크린숏\"\n" "
서버에 연결하기 전의 기본 창
\n" "
\n" @@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"스크린숏\"\n" +" \"스크린숏\"\n" "
당신이 누구인지 사람들에게 알려주세요
\n" "
\n" @@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"연결\n" +" \"연결\n" "
서버에 연결하기
\n" "
\n" @@ -238,7 +239,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"스크린숏\"\n" +" \"스크린숏\"\n" "
서버에 연결했을 때의 기본 창
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 4146feab0..b5e8c5afc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` 또는 `--help` 도움말 텍스트 표시" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "`-i` 또는 `--inifile` 초기화 파일의 위치 설정(기본값을 재정의합니다. macOS에서는 구성 파일을 `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus에서만 읽을 수 있으므로 파일 이름만 제공합니다. .Jamulus/Data/`. 서버의 경우 `io.jamulus.Jamulus`를 `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`로 바꿉니다. 이 폴더를 보려면 Finder의 \"보기 옵션 보기\"에서 \"라이브러리 폴더 보기\"를 켭니다.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` 또는 `--inifile` 초기화 파일의 위치 설정(기본값을 재정의합니다. macOS에서는 구성 파일을 `/Users//Library/Containers/web.jamulussoftware.에서만 읽을 수 있으므로 파일 이름만 제공합니다. .Jamulus/Data/`. 서버의 경우 `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus`를 `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`로 바꿉니다. 이 폴더를 보려면 Finder의 \"보기 옵션 보기\"에서 \"라이브러리 폴더 보기\"를 켭니다.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Android.po index 399ac5283..9ce6d4b6a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Linux.po index d8de6556e..68e580499 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-22 09:52+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index d2b9830cb..cd1acab75 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Windows.po index f6db49bd3..df1088bb5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -6,24 +6,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-iOS.po index 62e313ea6..c1cfca50d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Privacy-Statement.po index 99ab088eb..de89311f0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-25 23:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/QOS-Windows.po index 709da8d72..eda7d465a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/QOS-Windows.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Running-a-Server.po index 15a648ac7..e8efe6384 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Running-a-Server.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -306,7 +307,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" "
\n" #. type: Title ### @@ -339,7 +340,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" "
\n" #. type: Title ### @@ -924,7 +925,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" -msgstr "
\"Jamulus
서버가 사용 중입니다\n" +msgstr "
\"Jamulus
서버가 사용 중입니다\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Bandwidth.po index 9a98fc4fa..1cabb6536 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 13:00+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:35+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 @@ -103,7 +104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "하나의 업스트림(뮤지션이 서버로 전송)과 하나의 다운스트림(서버가 믹스를 뮤지션에게 다시 전송)이 있습니다.\n" "
\n" -" \"저음에서\n" +" \"저음에서\n" "
대역폭 사용 계산하기
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 03efd1d4a..25cd3624a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -6,24 +6,25 @@ # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # 이정희 , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 09:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po index 94b9ec0c1..7606262d5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:35+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -103,7 +104,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" "\t
서버에 연결된 경우 사용자의 로컬 믹스
\n" "
\n" @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"녹색
\n" +msgstr "
\"녹색
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ msgstr "**녹색** - 잼 세션에 적합한 지연 시간입니다\n" #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"노란색
\n" +msgstr "
\"노란색
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 @@ -153,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr "**노란색** - 세션은 여전히 가능하지만 플레이하기가 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"녹색
\n" +msgstr "
\"녹색
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 @@ -387,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" "\t
서버에 연결된 경우 사용자의 로컬 믹스
\n" "
\n" @@ -745,7 +746,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po index dd9af47eb..5faa7644c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Unregistered-Servers.po index a76ae2b00..4eae51ea7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po index 52df6a015..9a93442c4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po @@ -6,15 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-01-03 20:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 04:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr " Jamulus lar deg spille, øve, eller jamme med dine venner, bandet #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus is international" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus er internasjonell" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 529607f51..2cfa90624 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Command-Line-Options.po index e191a564e..75ffbdb80 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Contribution.po index c9a887b76..3c123c522 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Contribution.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Directories.po index 2112e540c..c29a4e15c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Directories.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-23 17:03+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/FAQ.po index 1f1bb04a9..5bc443176 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/FAQ.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po index ee28c4f8b..9c284c4e2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -148,7 +149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " \"Screenshot\"\n" @@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ msgid "" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Skjermavbildning\"\n" +" \"Skjermavbildning\"\n" "
La det komme til kjenne hvem du er
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po index eb20c7189..c4181a249 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Android.po index 1990f287f..3448efe72 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Linux.po index a68dd9d64..d04677b2d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-22 16:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index f2011be9e..8769c61ae 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Windows.po index 11f42b381..f1d4590f4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-22 16:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-iOS.po index 009a3d489..4d742a56e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Privacy-Statement.po index 01682bf0f..483afa975 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-23 17:03+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/QOS-Windows.po index fd5c95b42..9b42bcec4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/QOS-Windows.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Running-a-Server.po index 59b0b5d80..d442a42f6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Bandwidth.po index db8aa1c8c..93d9fc74c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po index a8988d9d6..fa37432ed 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po index a800696ad..fbe3d47ee 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -728,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po index a90f00986..8b133ea02 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Unregistered-Servers.po index 8878ad0e4..024b12e53 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po index 03333f782..1caf1dfba 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po @@ -1,41 +1,24 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. # Dklfajsjfi49wefklsf32 , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-01-25 00:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dklfajsjfi49wefklsf32 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 19:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "---\n" -#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "lang: \"en\"\n" -#| "permalink: /\n" -#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" -#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -#| "mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" -#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -#| "---\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -63,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Muziek\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Maak online muziek. Met vrienden. Gratis.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer en bijdragers\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software waarmee muzikanten muziek kunnen uitvoeren, repeteren of samen jammen, in realtime via internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is gratis en open source software waarmee muzikanten muziek kunnen uitvoeren, repeteren of samen jammen, in realtime via internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icoon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Maak online muziek. Met vrienden. Gratis.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Begin nu!\"\n" @@ -80,16 +63,15 @@ msgstr "Wat is Jamulus?" #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" -msgstr " Met Jamulus kun je spelen, repeteren of jammen met je vrienden, je band of iedereen die je online vindt. Speel samen op afstand met hoogwaardig geluid met lage latentie via een normale breedbandverbinding. " +msgstr "Met Jamulus kun je spelen, repeteren of jammen met je vrienden, je band of iedereen die je online vindt. Speel samen op afstand met hoogwaardig geluid met lage latentie via een normale breedbandverbinding. [Download het hier!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus is international" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus is internationaal" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 @@ -99,16 +81,9 @@ msgstr "Jamulus wereldwijd" #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| " All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -#| " in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -#| " " +#, no-wrap msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -msgstr "" -" Over de hele wereld laat Jamulus koren repeteren en rockbands spelen. Jamulus brengt folk- en klassieke muzikanten samen. Het wordt gebruikt voor muzieklessen op afstand,\n" -" op scholen en universiteiten, privé en in het openbaar — alles in realtime op internet, alsof je er persoonlijk bij bent.\n" -" " +msgstr "Over de hele wereld laat Jamulus koren repeteren en rockbands spelen. Jamulus brengt folk- en klassieke muzikanten samen. Het wordt gebruikt voor muzieklessen op afstand, op scholen en universiteiten, privé en in het openbaar — alles in realtime via het internet, alsof je er persoonlijk bij bent.\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 @@ -123,7 +98,7 @@ msgid "" "Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" "You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" msgstr "" -"Lees de [documentatie](wiki/Getting-Started) en overweeg ook nog een bezoek aan de [troubleshooting sectie](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"Lees de [documentatie](wiki/Getting-Started) en overweeg ook nog een bezoek aan de [problemen oplossen](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) sectie!\n" "Je kunt ook vragen stellen op het [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" #. type: Content of:

@@ -136,19 +111,19 @@ msgstr "Wil je meehelpen?" #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 #, no-wrap msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heb je een idee? Een bug gevonden? Wil je bijdragen aan de ontwikkeling of helpen bij het [vertalen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) van Jamulus in jouw taal? Aangezien Jamulus [gratis is en open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) gelicentieerd onder de [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html), kun je ons helpen!" #. type: Content of:



#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bekijk onze [richtlijnen voor bijdragen](wiki/Contribution) om erachter te komen hoe. Iedereen is welkom!" #. type: Content of:





#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voor gedetailleerde informatie over hoe Jamulus werkt, zie [dit artikel van Volker Fischer (PDF in het engels)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf).\n" #. type: Content of:


#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po index 80803c625..8f436644f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-18 20:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "Adresboeken" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheerdershandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ msgstr "Als je het adresboek om welke reden dan ook opnieuw moet opstarten (bijv #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." -msgstr "Tot 150 Servers kunnen zich dan registreren bij een adresboek." +msgstr "Tot 150 servers kunnen zich dan registreren bij een adresboek." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po index aefc6b039..0f624ad19 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` of `--help` Laat de help tekst zien" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "`-i` of `--inifile` Stel de locatie van het initialisatiebestand in (heeft voorrang op de standaardinstelling. Geef op macOS alleen een bestandsnaam op, aangezien configuratiebestanden alleen kunnen worden gelezen vanuit `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus .Jamulus/Data/`. Vervang voor de server `io.jamulus.Jamulus` door `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Schakel \"Toon bibliotheekmap\" in \"Toon weergaveopties\" in Finder in om deze map te zien.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` of `--inifile` Stel de locatie van het initialisatiebestand in (heeft voorrang op de standaardinstelling. Geef op macOS alleen een bestandsnaam op, aangezien configuratiebestanden alleen kunnen worden gelezen vanuit `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. Vervang voor de server `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` door `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Schakel \"Toon bibliotheekmap\" in \"Toon weergaveopties\" in Finder in om deze map te zien.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po index fc5152233..83f404d87 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -180,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "Hardware configuratie" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De Jamulus-client moet verbinding maken met een actieve [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server om te kunnen starten. Je moet uitzoeken welke de low-latency sound server is voor jouw distributie. - Als jouw distributie [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) gebruikt, zie dan hoe je [JACK configureert met QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configureer-jack-met-qjackctl). - Als jouw distributie PipeWire gebruikt, zie dan hoe je [PipeWire configureert](Installation-for-Linux#configureer-pipewire)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 @@ -190,64 +191,54 @@ msgstr "Configureer JACK met QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgstr "Jamulus-clients gebruiken [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) om te werken, maar die moet je eerst configureren. Het is aan te bevelen om hiervoor `QjackCtl` te gebruiken." +msgstr "Om een [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/)-server te draaien, is de aanbevolen methode om `QjackCtl` te gebruiken." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." -msgstr "Start QjackCtl. Je ziet het **Qt JACK Control utility hoofdvenster**" +msgstr "Start QjackCtl. Je ziet het **Qt JACK Control utility hoofdvenster**." #. type: Bullet: '2. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configureer jouw geluidsapparatuur als volgt:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." -msgstr "Stel de audio **Interface** in op degene die je wilt (er kunnen er meerdere in de lijst staan)" +msgstr "Stel de audio **Interface** in op degene die je wilt (er kunnen er meerdere in de lijst staan - kies de juiste, want deze kan niet worden gewijzigd zonder Jamulus en JACK te stoppen)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." -msgstr "Stel de **Sample Rate in op 48000**" +msgstr "Stel de **Sample Rate in op 48000**." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." -msgstr "Stel de **Frames/Period in op 128** en Periods/Buffer op 2 om mee te beginnen" +msgstr "Stel de **Frames/Period in op 128** en **Periods/Buffer op 2** om mee te beginnen." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Start JACK opnieuw op om de nieuwe instellingen van kracht te laten worden en ga verder vanaf het gedeelte [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) hieronder." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure PipeWire" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configureer PipeWire" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PipeWire gebruikt zijn eigen JACK-server. Wanneer je de Jamulus-client start, start PipeWire automatisch een JACK-server. Er zijn echter een paar parameters die je moet aanpassen. Je moet jouw audio-interface instellen op het \"pro-audio\"-profiel en de \"rate\"- en \"quantum\"-parameters van PipeWire van tevoren definiëren. Je kunt meer informatie over de configuratie vinden in de [PipeWire-wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om jouw systeem in te stellen: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (de audiomixer) en kies het profiel \"pro-audio\" voor jouw geluidshardware in het configuratietabblad. 2. Gebruik in een terminal-venster de volgende twee opdrachten om de rate en quantum van PipeWire te forceren:" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 @@ -256,11 +247,13 @@ msgid "" "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ga hierna verder vanaf het gedeelte [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) hieronder." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 @@ -270,15 +263,13 @@ msgstr "Start Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." -msgstr "Terwijl JACK actief en geconfigureerd is, start je Jamulus." +msgstr "Start Jamulus nadat JACK of PipeWire is geconfigureerd." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Als je problemen ondervindt, controleer dan eerst [de pagina voor probleemoplossing](Client-Troubleshooting)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po index 9fbd83598..12f5a4173 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-23 11:11+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 18:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -77,20 +77,18 @@ msgstr "Als je niet betaalt voor een Apple-ontwikkelaarsaccount, zal Jamulus max #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "Jamulus op iOS werkt best goed op nieuwe apparaten als alles correct is ingesteld. We raden je echter ten zeerste aan om een audio-interface en een USB-ethernet-adapter te gebruiken. Om deze met jouw iOS-apparaat te verbinden, moet je iets gebruiken zoals de [Lightning naar USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) en een USB-hub met stroomvoorziening." +msgstr "Jamulus op iOS werkt best goed wanneer alles correct is ingesteld. We raden je echter ten zeerste aan om een audio-interface en een USB-ethernet-adapter te gebruiken. Als je een ouder apparaat bezit met een Lightning-poort en geen USB-C, moet je iets gebruiken zoals de [Lightning naar USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) en een USB-hub met stroomvoorziening." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Als je Jamulus via een draadloos netwerk moet gebruiken, dan kun je het beste een mobiele verbinding (5G) gebruiken in plaats van wifi." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niet-officiële Jamulus-compatibele apps zoals [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) zijn beschikbaar in de AppStore, maar hebben mogelijk niet dezelfde functies als de officiële Jamulus-versie." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 @@ -142,10 +140,8 @@ msgstr "Feedback en ontwikkeling" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "iOS-ondersteuning staat nog in de kinderschoenen en is nog lang niet klaar om in de AppStore te worden gepubliceerd. Voel je vrij om mee te helpen: ga gewoon naar de [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Wij zijn van mening dat de iOS-versie nog niet volwassen genoeg is om in de AppStore te worden gepubliceerd. Voel je vrij om mee te helpen: ga gewoon naar de [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po index 5f66adab4..bc17bad09 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Henk De Groot , 2022. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-25 10:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -181,24 +181,24 @@ msgstr "Om een headless server op Linux uit te voeren, gaan de volgende stappen #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 msgid "Download the setup script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Download het installatiescript:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" " ```\n" -msgstr "Download het setup-script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" msgid "Make the script executable:" -msgstr "Maak het script uitvoerbaar: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "Maak het script uitvoerbaar:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 @@ -208,23 +208,26 @@ msgid "" " chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" " ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" -msgstr "Herlaad de systemd-bestanden en herstart de headless server:" +msgstr "Voer het script uit en installeer de headless server:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" -msgstr "Voer het script uit en installeer de headless-server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 @@ -233,13 +236,15 @@ msgstr "Schakel het headless server-proces in:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 @@ -248,13 +253,15 @@ msgstr "Voeg de gewenste [opdrachtregelopties](Running-a-Server#configuratie-opt #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 @@ -263,20 +270,20 @@ msgstr "Herlaad de systemd-bestanden en herstart de headless server:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" -msgstr "_Om jouw serverconfiguratie te wijzigen, herhaal je gewoon de laatste twee stappen hierboven._" +msgstr "_Om jouw serverconfiguratie te bewerken, herhaal je gewoon de laatste twee stappen hierboven._" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 @@ -398,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "**Voor de GUI** (alle platformen)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "Alle instellingen die via de grafische interface zijn gemaakt, worden opgeslagen in het bestand `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Bewerk dit bestand **niet** met de hand!) Sommige opties zijn echter niet beschikbaar in de GUI en moeten worden ingesteld via de opdrachtregel. Zie [servers op de desktop](#servers-vanaf-een-desktop) voor meer informatie." +msgstr "Alle instellingen die via de grafische interface zijn gemaakt, worden opgeslagen in het bestand `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Bewerk dit bestand **niet** met de hand!) Sommige opties zijn echter niet beschikbaar in de GUI en moeten worden ingesteld via de opdrachtregel. Zie [servers vanaf een desktop](#servers-vanaf-een-desktop) voor meer informatie." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 @@ -799,15 +806,7 @@ msgstr "Opnemen in- of uitschakelen (afhankelijk van de huidige status):" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| " [Unit]\n" -#| " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -#| " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -#| "\n" -#| " [Service]\n" -#| " Type=oneshot\n" -#| " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" @@ -823,7 +822,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 @@ -832,15 +831,7 @@ msgstr "Een nieuwe opname starten:" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| " [Unit]\n" -#| " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -#| " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -#| "\n" -#| " [Service]\n" -#| " Type=oneshot\n" -#| " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" @@ -856,14 +847,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." -msgstr "_Opmerking: de Jamulus-servicenaam in de regel `ExecStart` moet dezelfde zijn als het bestandsnaam `.service` die je hebt gemaakt toen je systemd instelde om jouw Jamulus-server te bedienen. Dus in dit voorbeeld zou dat `Jamulus-Server.service` . zijn_" +msgstr "_Opmerking: De Jamulus-servicenaam in de regel `ExecStart` moet hetzelfde zijn als de bestandsnaam `.service` die systemd gebruikt om jouw Jamulus server te beheren. Als je de `.deb`-bestanden uit de repository gebruikt, is dit standaard `jamulus-headless`, zoals in dit voorbeeld." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 @@ -882,10 +871,8 @@ msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." -msgstr "Je kunt het resultaat van deze commando's zien als je `systemctl status jamulus` uitvoert of door de logs te bekijken." +msgstr "Je kunt het resultaat van deze commando's zien als je `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (of de betreffende servicenaam die u handmatig hebt opgegeven) uitvoert. Je kunt ook de (sys)log bekijken." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po index da07e8f42..cf0e001e9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-23 11:11+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-18 20:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "Bandbreedtegebruik" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheerdershandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 33f6a501e..b1a519f5e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-23 11:11+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-18 20:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "Server problemen oplossen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheerdershandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po index b9cc912a1..b7fbb403b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-08 13:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -236,10 +236,8 @@ msgstr "Verbinden/afmelden knop" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." -msgstr "Opent een venster waarin je een server kunt selecteren om verbinding mee te maken. Als je verbonden bent, wordt de sessie beëindigd door op deze knop te drukken." +msgstr "Opent een venster waarin je een server kunt selecteren om verbinding mee te maken. Als je verbonden bent, wordt de sessie beëindigd door op deze knop te drukken. Je kunt het dialoogvenster ook openen met \"Bestand>Verbindingsinstellingen...\". Hiermee blijf je verbonden met de huidige sessie totdat je deelneemt aan een andere." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 @@ -249,27 +247,23 @@ msgstr "
\"Image
\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 @@ -561,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr "Bij sommige stuurprogramma's voor geluidskaarten kan de buffervertraging #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voor Linux: - wanneer je JACK gebruikt, gebruik je `QJackCtl` om de buffergrootte te wijzigen en JACK opnieuw te starten; - wanneer je de JACK-server van PipeWire gebruikt, wijzig je de Quantum-parameter van PipeWire met de eigen configuratietools." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 @@ -641,10 +634,8 @@ msgstr "Eigen adresboeken" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "Als je het IP-adres of de URL van een prive server weet, kun je er verbinding mee maken via het veld Serveradres. Een optioneel poortnummer kan worden toegevoegd na het adres met een dubbele punt als scheidingsteken, bijvoorbeeld `jamulus.voorbeeld.com:22124` (Merk op dat IPv6-adressen volledig in vierkante haken moet zijn ingesloten). Dit veld toont ook een lijst met de meest recent gebruikte serveradressen." +msgstr "Als je andere adresboekadressen wilt toevoegen dan de ingebouwde adressen, dan kun je dat hier doen. Als je het IP-adres of de hostnaam van een eigen adresboek weet, dan kun je er verbinding mee maken via het Serveradres veld. Een optioneel poortnummer kan worden toegevoegd na het adres met een dubbele punt als scheidingsteken, bijvoorbeeld `jamulus.voorbeeld.com:22124`. (Houd er rekening mee dat IPv6 momenteel niet wordt ondersteund voor adresboeken). Met de knop naast het veld kun je het huidige item uit de lijst verwijderen." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 @@ -745,8 +736,8 @@ msgstr "**Opmerking voor macOS-gebruikers:** Vanaf Jamulus 3.8.1 hebben we een o #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po index 19568333d..de6a6b81b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 20:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-18 20:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "Een niet-geregistreerde server opzetten" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheerdershandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po index 576537daf..114c8aa53 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # joaooliva , 2023. # Douglas Montovaneli , 2024. # lucasmz , 2024. +# Melcon Moraes , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-09 04:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lucasmz \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus permite que você toque, ensaie ou faça um som com seus amigos, #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus is international" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus é internacional" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 7b83104f1..348c20ea1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # gbonaspetti , 2023. # Felipe Nogueira , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Command-Line-Options.po index 8eb1d1688..9f63def47 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -1,26 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Contribution.po index 9db370cb5..2f2a5ade2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Contribution.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Douglas Montovaneli , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-01 13:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Douglas Montovaneli \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Directories.po index aaa140376..3d3d604cb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Directories.po @@ -1,26 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/FAQ.po index 835363ef1..6c04dd2a7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/FAQ.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 23:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po index 156a0c219..9ce1ecff9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po @@ -9,21 +9,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-07 16:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ msgid "" "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" "
A janela principal antes de conectar-se a um Servidor
\n" "
\n" @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"captura\n" +" \"captura\n" "
Mostre quem você é
\n" "
\n" @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Captura\n" +" \"Captura\n" "
Conectar a um Servidor
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 4d8a717c7..006217a9c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Android.po index 144b50b38..c0ca12908 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. # delvani , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-26 10:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: delvani \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Linux.po index 33b2b3f48..04cc84764 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. # delvani , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-26 10:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: delvani \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index a058cc4e0..742dbc69e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. # delvani , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-26 10:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: delvani \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Windows.po index 68d37c6ed..a6aebfd57 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # Felipe Nogueira , 2023. # NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. # delvani , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-26 10:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: delvani \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-iOS.po index 33f0bb491..2f39675e1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. # delvani , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-26 10:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: delvani \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Privacy-Statement.po index 181d6a991..62806b817 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # Adonias Almeida , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-10 20:00+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Adonias Almeida \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/QOS-Windows.po index a0d67f84b..4fcc0ad62 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/QOS-Windows.po @@ -1,26 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Running-a-Server.po index 83a83013d..6f643bc6d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # Felipe Nogueira , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Bandwidth.po index efdb3c13c..c94cae28a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -1,26 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po index b6a550f49..510c498e1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # Felipe Nogueira , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po index 7f24f9b55..8e1253eea 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # gbonaspetti , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-09 09:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: gbonaspetti \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:35+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -108,7 +109,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Imagem\n" +"\t\"Imagem\n" "\t
Sua mixagem local quando conectado a um Servidor
\n" "
\n" @@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ msgstr "**Atraso** mostra a latência geral calculada a partir do tempo de ping #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 @@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ msgstr "**Verde** - O delay é perfeito para uma jam session\n" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 @@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "**Amarelo** - Uma sessão ainda é possível, mas pode ser mais difícil #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 @@ -263,7 +264,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Imagem\n" +"\t\"Imagem\n" "\t
Sua mixagem local quando conectado a um Servidor
\n" "
\n" @@ -298,7 +299,7 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 @@ -390,7 +391,7 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 @@ -402,7 +403,7 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 @@ -459,7 +460,7 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 @@ -483,7 +484,7 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 @@ -652,7 +653,7 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 @@ -761,7 +762,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 67e2ec992..79e00abdf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # gbonaspetti , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-09 09:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: gbonaspetti \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Unregistered-Servers.po index 075261a12..ce0f8ff4f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po index bd0dcff12..2e049068a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po @@ -5,18 +5,20 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Andre Costa , 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# Melcon Moraes , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-09 20:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -74,7 +76,7 @@ msgstr "O Jamulus permite-lhe tocar, ensaiar ou improvisar com os seus amigos, a #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus is international" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus é internacional" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 @@ -120,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "Ideias? Encontrou um erro? Quer contribuir com algum código ou ajudar a #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" -msgstr "Dá uma vista de olhos às nossas [directrizes de contribuição](wiki/Contribuição) para saberes como. Todos são bem-vindos!" +msgstr "Dá uma vista de olhos às nossas [directrizes de contribuição](wiki/Contribution) para saberes como. Todos são bem-vindos!" #. type: Content of:





#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po index a155d6fdd..b5ebc5af6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -5,13 +5,14 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Andre Costa , 2024. # ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-07-13 10:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ssantos \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -22,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Command-Line-Options.po index 36d208b09..8e24befb2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Contribution.po index 18ef57d2e..e0b958535 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Contribution.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Directories.po index 26da4a9f7..1c7801300 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Directories.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/FAQ.po index 62dddb5d3..defb18b0f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/FAQ.po @@ -4,13 +4,14 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-07-13 10:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ssantos \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po index de43b8053..fed065dfb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po @@ -8,21 +8,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-09 20:55+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" "
A janela principal antes de se conectar a um servidor
\n" "
\n" @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Captura\n" +" \"Captura\n" "
Deixe as pessoas saberem quem você é
\n" "
\n" @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -" \"Captura\n" +" \"Captura\n" "
Conectar a um servidor
\n" "\n" @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" "
A janela principal quando você está conectado a um servidor
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 4d8a717c7..006217a9c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Android.po index ec24d507c..42d9a35e2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Linux.po index caba6696f..6335d588f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 1e4d44349..7dfe90d99 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Windows.po index 9c7adbc66..78084635e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # Andre Costa , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-15 17:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Andre Costa \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-iOS.po index 481657346..02a179140 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Privacy-Statement.po index 9973a1784..403db6a43 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/QOS-Windows.po index f6bc29c29..f2c434a6d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/QOS-Windows.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Running-a-Server.po index f0303cccb..6bdec720e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Running-a-Server.po @@ -5,13 +5,14 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Andre Costa , 2024. # ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-07-13 10:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ssantos \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -22,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Bandwidth.po index 6c01c13f6..7f17ad64d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po index a21128968..6c3bd0794 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -4,13 +4,14 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-07-13 10:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ssantos \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po index 793c6756e..7621593f2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po @@ -4,13 +4,14 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-07-13 10:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ssantos \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -730,7 +731,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po index ac551c54b..eeb333e5c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -4,13 +4,14 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-07-13 10:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ssantos \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Unregistered-Servers.po index b55d25377..a9bd8cf90 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -1,31 +1,31 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po index 0d3758650..40125bb57 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 10:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -37,42 +37,59 @@ msgid "" "---\n" "[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" msgstr "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Spela musik online. Med vänner. Gratis.\"\n" +"lang: \"sv-SE\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Musik\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Spela musik online. Med vänner. Gratis.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer och andra medverkande\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus är fri och öppen källkodsprogramvara som gör det möjligt för musiker att spela musik, öva eller jamma tillsammans i realtid över internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Spela musik online. Med vänner. Gratis.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Kom igång nu!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Ladda ner nu för'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'och'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'andra platformar'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown-avsnitt ska inte vara indragna, annars behandlas de som kodblock.\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vad är Jamulus?" #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus låter dig spela, öva eller jamma med dina vänner, ditt band eller vem som helst du hittar online. Spela tillsammans på distans i takt med högkvalitativt ljud och låg latens via en vanlig bredbandsuppkoppling. [Ladda ner här!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus is international" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus är internationellt" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus världen över" #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 #, no-wrap msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Över hela världen möjliggör Jamulus att körer kan repetera och rockband kan spela. Jamulus för samman folkmusiker och klassiska musiker. Det används bland annat för distansundervisning i musik, i skolor och på universitet, privat och offentligt – allt i realtid över internet, som om du vore där personligen.\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behöver du hjälp?" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 @@ -81,33 +98,35 @@ msgid "" "Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" "You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" msgstr "" +"Kolla in [dokumentationen](wiki/Getting-Started) och överväg att läsa avsnittet om [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)! \n" +"Du kan också ställa frågor på [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vill du engagera dig?" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 #, no-wrap msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Har du idéer? Hittat en bugg? Vill du bidra med kod eller hjälpa till att [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus till ditt språk? Eftersom Jamulus är [fri och öppen källkodsprogramvara](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensierad under [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) kan du hjälpa oss!" #. type: Content of:



#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ta en titt på våra [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) för att ta reda på hur du kan bidra. Alla är välkomna!" #. type: Content of:





#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_För detaljerad information om hur Jamulus fungerar, se [denna artikel av Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" #. type: Content of:


#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 #, no-wrap msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po index fa3a5370e..8743066c9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -1,357 +1,335 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klientfelsökning" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felsökning" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hör inget ljud/andra hör dig inte?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 -#, markdown-text msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Börja med de enkla sakerna: se till att ditt instrument/mikrofon och hörlurar är anslutna till rätt uttag. Se till att inga andra applikationer som din webbläsare, videokonferensverktyg etc. också använder ditt ljudkort. Du bör stänga av dem när du använder Jamulus. Om allt ser OK ut och problemet kvarstår, är det troligtvis ett problem med inställningarna för din ljudenhet. Detta beror på din specifika konfiguration (plattform, hårdvara, mjukvara och drivrutiner), så det är bäst att fråga på [forumen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) för vägledning." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Windows-användare (ASIO4ALL)**: Om du använder ASIO4ALL-drivrutinen ta en titt på [ASIO4ALL-installationsavsnittet](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ser du inte hörlurarna eller mikrofonen du just anslutit till din dator?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29 -#, markdown-text msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starta bara om Jamulus med din enhet inkopplad. Jamulus visar för närvarande inte enheter som anslutits efter att ljudsystemet laddades." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Your sound is stuttering" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ditt ljud hackar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33 -#, markdown-text msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Din ljudenhet kanske inte fungerar med den buffertstorlek du valde. Välj en större buffertstorlek i Jamulus inställningar. Om möjligt, använd dock en annan enhet, eftersom stora buffertstorlekar innebär högre latens." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ni låter alla okej, men det är svårt att hålla ihop" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Om det alls är möjligt, lyssna INTE på din direkta signal.** Se till att du lyssnar så mycket du kan på ljudet av ditt eget instrument/röst _som kommer tillbaka från servern_. Den här signalen blandar dig och dina spelpartners synkroniserat och kommer att vara signalen som dina bandkamrater också hör. Så att lyssna på det betyder att ni kommer att vara synkroniserade med varandra (förutsatt att ni alla har ganska låg latens). Observera att om en eller flera musiker inte följer denna regel, kommer de att sakta ner medan de spelar eller sjunger.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan testa om du hör din signal korrekt genom att göra följande:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 -#, markdown-text msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kör Jamulus och anslut till en server med lång pingtid (mer än 200ms)" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 -#, markdown-text msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klappa händerna en gång (eller spela en kort ton på ett instrument). Du bör höra ljudet från Jamulus-servern komma tillbaka, men avsevärt försenat." #. type: Bullet: '3. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 -#, markdown-text msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på \"Mute\"-knappen under ditt Jamulus-namn/skjutreglage i Jamulus-mixerns huvudfönster (**INTE** \"Tysta mig själv\"-knappen till vänster)." #. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 -#, markdown-text msgid "Clap your hands again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klappa händerna igen." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du hör två klappar efter steg 2, eller några klappar efter steg 4, så följer du **inte** regel nummer ett - du har ditt lokala ljud aktiverat och bör inaktivera det." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48 -#, markdown-text msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exakt hur du undviker att lyssna på din direkta signal kommer att bero på din individuella inställning – ditt ljudgränssnitt, mixerbord, hörlursanslutningspunkt etc. Vissa ljudgränssnitt har till exempel \"monitor\"-knappar (stäng av dessa), eller liknande alternativ. **Om du fortfarande har problem**, försök att fråga på [forumet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -#, markdown-text msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Var medveten om att medan du lyssnar på serverns signal säkerställer att du kommer att vara synkroniserad med andra musiker, kan du också uppleva problem om din totala latens (indikeras av \"Delay\"-lampan i Jamulus) inte är grön eller åtminstone gul större delen av tid. Se [mjukvarumanualen](/wiki/Software-Manual) för att förstå hur du justerar din inställning för att hjälpa till med detta." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan du inte räkna ut dina mikrofoninställningar?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54 -#, markdown-text msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du använder en mikrofon medan du spelar ditt andra instrument kan du använda en stereoljudingångssignal i dina inställningar där en kanal är ansluten till instrumentet och den andra kanalen är ansluten till en mikrofonsignal. På mikrofonkanalen kan en valfri efterklangseffekt läggas till." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buffertlysdioder blir plötsligt röda, avbrott, [skakande](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), konstiga ljud?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 -#, markdown-text msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Din dator kan vara för mycket belastad. Försök att inte ha något som konkurrerar med Jamulus (som Zoom Meetings eller Facebook livestreams) på din maskin. Eller åtminstone avsluta dem medan du spelar. Förhindra saker som virusskannrar som skannar, eller programuppdateringar som händer, etc. Var medveten om att reverb-inställningen i Jamulus också använder mer CPU ju mer reverb du har." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pingtider och latens börjar bra och blir sedan värre och orsakar problem" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 -#, markdown-text msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta kan indikera att något annat konkurrerar med Jamulus i ditt nätverk, så se till att ingen tittar på HD Netflix-filmer eller deltar i Zoom-videokonferenser medan du spelar. En mer permanent lösning för tekniskt sinnade användare kan hittas genom att undersöka [frågan om buffertbloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) på deras router och om du kan implementera Smart Queue Management (SQM). [Mer information här](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Blir du frustrerad över mjukvarukanaler, ljuddirigering, samplingsfrekvens och mer?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 -#, markdown-text msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det är vanligtvis mycket enklare och mer tillförlitligt att ha ett [mixerbord](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) för att ansluta ditt kit (instrument, mikrofon, inspelare etc.) och sedan skicka en enkel stereosignal till ditt ljudgränssnitt (se dock till att lyssna på det resulterande ljudet från Jamulus-servern via din dator!). Det enorma utbudet av möjliga kombinationer av hårdvara, mjukvara och instrument gör att det annars kan bli komplicerat väldigt snabbt att ställa in ditt ljudkort för att fungera med just din konfiguration." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Någon som är med i din jam och är för högljudd?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan ställa in din \"New Client Level\" till ett lågt värde (t.ex. 10), eller ställa in musikerna du spelar med till \"Solo\"-läge (i mixerpanelen på höger sida). På så sätt blir antingen nya deltagare väldigt tysta, eller så hör du dem inte alls." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan du inte se servern du vill gå med i?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74 -#, markdown-text msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrollera först att du har valt rätt genre Server i ditt Connect-fönster. Ibland innebär nätverksproblem att din klient inte kommer att lista alla tillgängliga servrar. Om du vet namnet på servern du vill gå med i kan du [söka upp dess IP-adress här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Ange den adressen i fältet \"Serveradress\" i fönstret Connect Setup för att ansluta till den." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ser du inte en lista över servrar alls?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 -#, markdown-text msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "I Storbritannien (och möjligen andra regioner/routrar) kan inställningen av Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem orsaka problem. \"Blockera fragmenterade IP-paket\" ska inte markeras. För andra routrar/ISP, prova också att stänga av SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) och om det fixar det kan du göra en bedömning om du ska lämna det av eller inte." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80 -#, markdown-text msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I vissa fall kan det vara din internetleverantör som blockerar din användning av Jamulus. Se anteckningen på [serverfelsökningssidan](Server-Troubleshooting#ingen-kan-ansluta-till-min-server---men-jag-kan-ansluta-lokalt) om \"Ingen kan ansluta till min server\"" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Får ett felmeddelande som säger \"Jamulus\" kan inte öppnas eftersom utvecklaren inte kan verifieras" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du använder en \"äldre\" version av Jamulus (eftersom du kör en äldre version av macOS) eller en mellanversion, första gången du kör Jamulus, kommer du att se ett meddelande som säger att det inte kan öppnas." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 -#, markdown-text msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att starta Jamulus" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -#, markdown-text msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gå till mappen Applications via Finder" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -#, markdown-text msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dubbelklicka på Jamulus och vänta på ovan nämnda meddelande" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -#, markdown-text msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stäng detta meddelande genom att klicka på \"Avbryt\"" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -#, markdown-text msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ctrl-klicka (eller högerklicka) nu på Jamulus och välj \"Öppna\" från toppen av menyn." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 -#, markdown-text msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kommer då att få en lite annan version av samma meddelande, som låter dig klicka på \"Öppna\". Från och med då kan du köra Jamulus på vanligt sätt och meddelandet kommer inte att visas. Mer information om denna varning finns på [denna Apple-supportsida](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Har du problem med att använda Garageband (eller annan DAW) med Jamulus?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 -#, markdown-text msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se [denna forumdiskussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använder du en Mac och din input inte hörs?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 -#, markdown-text msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(Med tack till [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" "* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" "* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" msgstr "" +"Du kanske inte svarade \"Ja\" på utmaningen `\"Jamulus vill komma åt din mikrofon\"`. Så här fixar du detta:\n" +"* Gå till `Inställningar` > `Säkerhet och integritet` > fliken `Sekretess`.\n" +"* Hitta `Mikrofon` till vänster och se sedan till att \"Jamulus\" är aktiverat i listan till höger\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -#, markdown-text msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För något annat, sök eller lägg upp på [diskussionsforumen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po index 6c51774c0..d94b4745a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -1,82 +1,80 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus – Kommandoradsalternativ" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kommandoradsalternativ" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Shared commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Delade kommandon" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Client only commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kommandon endast för klienten" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Server only commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kommandon endast för server" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 -#, markdown-text msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se [Köra en server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po index 1b7600ad5..3bccd9cbe 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po @@ -1,76 +1,75 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bidra" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bidra till Jamulusprojektet" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can
raise it as a bug.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du hittar ett misstag, stavfel eller något som är föråldrat (på vilket språk som helst) på denna webbplats eller i Jamulus själv, kan du rapportera det som en bugg.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du tycker att någon dokumentation eller information saknas eller kan förbättras, posta om det på detta forum så att det kan diskuteras först.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 -#, markdown-text msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vi använder [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) för att översätta vår dokumentation. Läs om vår [dokumentations- och översättningsprocess](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), och [presentera dig själv](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) om du vill engagera dig." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Want to contribute code?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vill du bidra med kod?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 -#, markdown-text msgid "See our [guidelines for getting involved in development](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se våra [riktlinjer för att engagera sig i utvecklingen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po index 29e8565ca..92272708f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po @@ -1,112 +1,105 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Directories" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kataloger" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mer\" branch1=\"Serveradministration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Running a Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Köra en katalog" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta är en specialiserad Jamulus Server-konfiguration, som beskrivs i [Serverlägen](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att visa servrar listade av en anpassad katalog måste användare ange adressen till den katalogen i inställningarna för deras klient under Inställningar > Avancerad inställning > Anpassade kataloger. Flera adresser kan läggas till på detta sätt om det behövs. Anpassade kataloger kommer sedan att visas i rullgardinslistan för kataloger i deras anslutningsfönster. Anpassade kataloger fungerar i övrigt för klienter på samma sätt som offentliga kataloger, genom att visa en lista över servrar registrerade hos dem.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -#, markdown-text msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att köra en server som en katalog bör den startas med alternativet `--directoryaddress` för att göra sig själv (det vill säga `localhost` eller `127.0.0.1`) till katalogen som ska frågas efter servrar." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 -#, markdown-text msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du kör en server med GUI, ställ in adressen för den anpassade katalogservern i fliken Alternativ till \"localhost\" och välj sedan \"Anpassad\" från rullgardinslistan för kataloger." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Punkter att notera om kataloger" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du vill kontrollera vilka servrar som kan registrera sig hos din katalog kan du aktivera en vitlista med kommandoradsalternativet `--listfilter` i formatet `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 -#, markdown-text msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du kör en server bakom en NAT-brandvägg på ett privat nätverk och registrerar dig hos en katalog på samma nätverk, använd alternativet `--serverpublicip` för att specificera den offentliga IP-adressen. Detta är nödvändigt för att tillåta klienter på det offentliga Internet att ansluta till rätt adress. Observera att för server(n) som använder detta alternativ behöver du fortfarande korrekt portvidarebefordran i din router/brandvägg." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 -#, markdown-text msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du kör en klient bakom en NAT-brandvägg på ett privat nätverk med en katalog på samma nätverk, måste katalogen köras med alternativet `--serverpublicip` för att specificera den offentliga IP-adressen. Detta gör att servrar på det offentliga Internet som registrerar sig hos katalogen och som behöver \"hål-borrning\" kan nås av klienterna. (Annars skulle katalogen ge servern den lokala nätverksadressen för klienten, vilket skulle göra att \"hål-borrningen\" misslyckas.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du behöver starta om din katalog av någon anledning (till exempel vid omstart av värddatorn) kommer servrar som är anslutna till den att kopplas bort tills de registrerar sig igen. Detta innebär inte att klienter som är anslutna till dessa servrar kommer att kopplas bort, men nya klienter kommer inte att kunna se servrar listade av din katalog tills dessa servrar återansluter. För att möjliggöra att listan över registrerade servrar bevaras mellan omstarter, använd alternativet `--directoryfile` för att specificera platsen och namnet på en fil som katalogen kan läsa och skriva till." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 -#, markdown-text msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upp till 150 servrar kan sedan registrera sig hos en katalog." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po index 9a9a512c9..1b7406756 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po @@ -1,234 +1,223 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 20:36+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FAQ" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus FAQ" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**För vanliga problem och deras lösningar när du använder Jamulus, se sidan [Felsökning](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting).**\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Finns det en metronom, synkronisering eller något annat sätt att hålla takten?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -#, markdown-text msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nej. Musiker på en Jamulus-server spelar i realtid tillsammans som de skulle göra personligen. Om du vill ha en tidsignal kan du prova delade metronomlösningar på internet. Men det är nog bäst att minimera latensen så att ingen har en total fördröjning på mer än cirka 30-50 ms." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 -#, markdown-text msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tänk också på att alla deltagare bör följa [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together), vilket också kommer att påverka om ni kan spela i takt på rätt sätt." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur vet jag om jag kan ansluta till en server? Finns det några regler?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 -#, markdown-text msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om någon listar en server på en av de kataloger som ingår i Jamulus, accepterar de att vem som helst kan spela på den. Jamulus har ingen lösenordsskydd eller andra autentiseringsmekanismer. Även om vissa servrar kan ange sina policyer i välkomstmeddelandet du ser i chattfönstret, gör Jamulus i sig inget för att verkställa dessa." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -#, markdown-text msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Observera också att servrar inte behöver vara registrerade i en katalog för att Jamulus-klienter ska kunna ansluta till dem. Serveroperatörer kan helt enkelt ge ut adressen till sina servrar till de vill spela med, och de kan då ansluta direkt. Ta en titt på [denna översikt för mer information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varför bör jag inte använda trådlös utrustning?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 -#, markdown-text msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du kan spela i takt med andra musiker beror främst på hur mycket latens (fördröjning) du har i ditt ljudsignal och om ni alla följer [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). En total fördröjning som är mycket större än 50 ms gör det vanligtvis för svårt att spela i takt, om du inte tränar dig själv att göra det. Vissa musiker rapporterar att de kan spela i takt med fördröjningar på upp till 70 ms genom att spela före takten. Men mycket mer än så blir det för svårt om timing inte är en viktig faktor i musiken eller om du bara vill lyssna." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40 -#, markdown-text msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Så det är rimligt att minimera alla källor till fördröjning eller andra problem med signalen. Även snabb Wi-Fi är vanligtvis för variabel för att användas under längre perioder med Jamulus, och Bluetooth-hörlurar och mikrofoner introducerar vanligtvis latenser på cirka 50 ms eller mer." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varför bör jag inte lyssna på mitt eget ljud?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 -#, markdown-text msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Av samma anledning som du behöver minimera fördröjning i din signal för att spela i takt, måste du se till att du spelar till ditt eget ljud som de andra musikerna hör. Mer information om detta och ett sätt att testa din setup för att säkerställa att du följer denna \"gyllene regel\" [kan du hitta här](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46 -#, markdown-text msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naturligtvis, om du spelar ett akustiskt instrument eller är sångare, kommer det att vara svårt att utesluta ditt \"lokala\" ljud. Men du bör åtminstone försöka göra det genom att till exempel använda slutna hörlurar och ställa in dem så högt att du kan dämpa ditt eget ljud. Detta gör att du kan koncentrera dig på mixen som kommer tillbaka till dig från servern." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behöver jag en snabb internetanslutning?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -#, markdown-text msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nej, särskilt om du inte kör en server för att vara värd för andra musiker. Att ha låg ping är viktigare. De flesta som har en standard bredbandsanslutning (t.ex. 10 Mbit/s ner och 1 Mbit/s upp) kommer inte att ha några problem. För de som kör servrar hemma, beroende på hur många som ansluter, kan du stöta på problem om din _upstream_ bandbredd är lägre än cirka 5 Mbit/s." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behöver jag köra en server?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 -#, markdown-text msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nej. Om du bara tänker ansluta till andras servrar, behöver du bara en klient. [Läs detta om du tror att du behöver köra din egen server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur fungerar Jamulus (i allmänhet)?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "\"Diagram\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"Diagram\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus fungerar enligt klient-server-principen. Allas ljud skickas till en server, blandas och bearbetas där. Därefter skickas ljudet tillbaka till varje klient. Om en server är registrerad i en Jamulus-katalog kommer serverns information att tillhandahållas alla klienter som använder den katalogen." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varför stödjer inte Jamulus video?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 -#, markdown-text msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Att lägga till videostöd innebär mycket komplexitet. Du kan använda annan programvara som Jitsi eller Zoom om du vill se andra när du spelar (eller ha en \"publik\"), men videon kommer att vara avsevärt fördröjd i förhållande till Jamulus-ljudet." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Server FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server FAQ" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varför behöver inte registrerade servrar portvidarebefordran?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -#, markdown-text msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vanligtvis blockerar nätverksadressöversättning (NAT) inkommande förfrågningar som initieras från utanför det lokala nätverket. Inkommande trafik är endast möjlig för paket som relaterar till en utgående förfrågan (strikt taget, “relaterade” och “etablerade” paket till en initial utgående anslutning). I läget Registrerad Server initierar din Jamulus Server en utgående anslutning när den ansluter till en katalog. Från och med då skickar katalogen (etablerade/relaterade) anslutnings-\"pings\" (inte ICMP-pings) till din Server med jämna mellanrum för att hålla de relevanta portarna öppna på din router." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 -#, markdown-text msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att nå en Oregistrerad Server måste varje Klient initiera en anslutning till Serverns nätverk. Ett NAT hindrar detta, så du behöver konfigurera din router för att tillåta inkommande anslutningsförfrågningar på Jamulus-porten genom att använda portvidarebefordran." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po index 0e2a765e4..763bbbcce 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po @@ -1,95 +1,90 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation - komma igång med Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 -#, markdown-text msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att få ut det bästa av Jamulus behöver du minst:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, markdown-text msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**En trådbunden internetanslutning** (och stäng av Wi-Fi. Se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, markdown-text msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Trådbundna hörlurar** (inte Bluetooth eller högtalare – se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, markdown-text msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**En rimlig ljudenhet, ljudkort och/eller mikrofon** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) för exempel)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du har några frågor, vänligen se [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 -#, markdown-text msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att få Jamulus att fungera med ditt operativsystem, följ installationsguiden för din plattform:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " Windows\n" @@ -98,169 +93,177 @@ msgid "" "
\n" "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) och [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) kan också användas, men anses vara experimentella._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 -#, markdown-text msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Och stäng för tillfället alla andra applikationer. Det är bäst att börja enkelt i början." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Hardware Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hårdvaruinstallation" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du använder extern ljudhårdvara, anslut den innan du startar Jamulus. Om du inte har konfigurerat din hårdvara, se installationsguiderna som nämns ovan." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus main window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus huvudfönster" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 -#, markdown-text msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du öppnar Jamulus kommer du att se ett fönster som ser ut så här:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " \"Screenshot\"\n" "
The main window before you connect to a Server
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Huvudfönstret innan du ansluter till en server
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Setting up a profile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en profil" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 -#, markdown-text msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Först, låt andra veta vem du är. Klicka på knappen \"Inställningar\" längst ner till vänster och gå till \"Min profil...\". Nu kommer du att se detta:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " \"Screenshot\"\n" "
Let people know who you are
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Låt folk veta vem du är
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56 -#, markdown-text msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fyll i minst \"Alias/Namn\" och stäng fönstret." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ansluta till en server och testa ditt ljud" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 -#, markdown-text msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Innan du ansluter till en server bör du **inte** kunna höra dig själv. Att lyssna på ditt ljud från Jamulus (och inte direkt från dig själv) kallas för \"Den gyllene regeln\" och gör det möjligt för dig att spela i takt med andra ([se FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Innan du spelar med andra rekommenderar vi att du ansluter till en tom server för att testa din installation**, och att du ser till att lyssna på signalen som kommer tillbaka från servern (om möjligt) och inte direkt på dig själv.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 -#, markdown-text msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd nu knappen \"Anslut\" i huvudfönstret i Jamulus för att ansluta till en server. Ett fönster kommer nu att öppnas:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " \"Screenshot\n" "
Connect to a Server
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\n" +"
Anslut till en server
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71 -#, markdown-text msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det viktigaste med servrar är deras \"pingtid\". Ju större siffran är, desto svårare blir det att spela i takt med andra. Vanligtvis bör du välja en server med en ping under 50 ms om du kan." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 -#, markdown-text msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du är ansluten till en server, se till att du kan höra dig själv ordentligt och åtgärda eventuella problem med ingångsvolymen eller andra problem. Du kan titta på [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) för vanliga problem. Och självklart, kontrollera att du också kan följa [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Playing for the first time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spela för första gången" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 -#, markdown-text msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Med ditt ljud korrekt inställt är du redo att börja. När du ansluter till en server (du kanske vill välja en genre från listan), är faders du ser till höger din egen personliga blandning. Allt du ändrar här kommer att påverka vad du hör, men påverkar inte andra. Om du flyttar en fader nedåt blir den kanalen tystare, om du flyttar den uppåt blir kanalen högre för dig." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " \"Screenshot\"\n" "
The main window when you are connected to a Server
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Huvudfönstret när du är ansluten till en server
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du inte vill att andra ska höra ditt ljud, klicka på knappen “Tysta mig själv” för att stoppa ditt ljud från att skickas till andra. De kommer dock inte att kunna se att du har gjort detta. Men om du ser en “tystad”-ikon ovanför en fader, betyder det att de inte kan höra dig eftersom de har stängt av din kanal i sin blandning." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 -#, markdown-text msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Observera att du kan använda chat-funktionen när som helst för att skicka meddelanden till andra medan du är ansluten. Välkomstmeddelandet i chatten kan också innehålla vissa riktlinjer för användning." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -#, markdown-text msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mer information om hur du använder Jamulus hittar du i [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felsökning" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 -#, markdown-text msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Har du ljudproblem? Kan du inte se servrar, eller har du något annat problem? Ta en titt på [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), eller känn dig fri att fråga i [Diskussionerna](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Backing-Up.po index 36b808c72..de1cd929f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -1,70 +1,62 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 -#, markdown-text msgid "Once installed and running, you may want to keep a copy of your settings. Having a backup is always a good idea, and settings files are not backwardly compatible between versions of Jamulus. So if you want to go back to the previous version, you will need to restore the settings you had." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du har installerat och kört programmet kan du vilja behålla en kopia av dina inställningar. Att ha en säkerhetskopia är alltid en bra idé, och inställningsfiler är inte bakåtkompatibla mellan versioner av Jamulus. Så om du vill återgå till den tidigare versionen, kommer du att behöva återställa de inställningar du hade." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:6 -#, markdown-text msgid "To find your settings file on Windows, type `%APPDATA%` into the search bar and look for a folder named `Jamulus`. There will be one or more `.ini` files in this folder. Now back up Jamulus' settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att hitta din inställningsfil på Windows, skriv `%APPDATA%` i sökfältet och leta efter en mapp som heter `Jamulus`. Det kommer att finnas en eller flera `.ini`-filer i denna mapp. Säkerhetskopiera nu Jamulus' inställningar." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:8 -#, markdown-text msgid "For all other platforms, run the following from the command line to find where they live and copy the files to another location:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För alla andra plattformar, kör följande från kommandoraden för att hitta var filerna finns och kopiera dem till en annan plats:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:10 -#, markdown-text msgid "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:13 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du använde parametern `--inifile` för att spara en ini-fil på en annan plats, glöm inte att också säkerhetskopiera dessa filer. **Viktiga punkter att notera**" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 -#, markdown-text msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera eller återställ inte inställningsfiler när Jamulus är igång." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 -#, markdown-text msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det rekommenderas inte att manuellt redigera inställningsfiler (de är inte avsedda för det)." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan återställa alla inställningar till standardvärdena genom att bara ta bort inställningsfilen (efter att ha stängt Jamulus)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po index c45307623..8f582b00e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, markdown-text msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-M` eller `--mutestream` Förhindra att andra på servern hör vad jag spelar" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, markdown-text msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--mutemyown` Förhindra att jag hör vad jag spelar i serverblandningen (headless endast)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, markdown-text msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-c` eller `--connect` Anslut till angiven serveradress vid uppstart, format `address[:port]`" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 -#, markdown-text msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-j` eller `--nojackconnect` Inaktivera automatisk JACK-anslutning" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, markdown-text msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-kontrollerkanal att lyssna på, kontrollnummer-offset och efterföljande CC-nummer (kanaler) och Mute Myself CC-nummer. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Se [Råd & dåd](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, markdown-text msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--clientname` Fönstertitel och JACK-klientnamn" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 39a73a9ec..850de8cc7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -1,88 +1,76 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 -#, markdown-text msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[comment]: # (Detta är en inkluderingsfil för användning i flera dokument)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-h` eller `--help` Visa hjälptext" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, markdown-text -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` eller `--inifile` Ange platsen för initieringsfilen (ersätter standard). På macOS anger du bara ett filnamn, eftersom konfigurationsfiler endast kan läsas från `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. För servern ersätter du `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` med `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Aktivera \"Visa Library-mappen\" i \"Visa alternativ\" i Finder för att se denna mapp.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-n` eller `--nogui` Inaktivera GUI (för användning i headless-läge)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-p` eller `--port` Sätter det lokala UDP-portnumret. Standard är 22124" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Aktiverar JSON-RPC API-server för att styra appen, ställ in TCP-portnummer (EXPERIMENTELLT, API:er kan ändras; endast tillgängligt från localhost). Se [JSON-RPC API-dokumentationsfilen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Krävs när `--jsonrpcport` används. Anger en sökväg till en textfil som innehåller en autentiseringstextsträng för att få åtkomst till JSON-RPC API:et." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip` Den IP-adress som JSON-RPC-servern ska binda till. (valfritt, standard är 127.0.0.1)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-Q` eller `--qos` Ställer in kvaliteten på tjänstens DS-fältbyte. Standard är 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS ignoreras av Windows. För att aktivera det, se [denna sida](QOS-Windows)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-t` eller `--notranslation` Inaktivera översättningar av användargränssnittets språk" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-6` eller `--enableipv6` Aktivera IPv6-adressering (IPv4 är alltid aktiverat)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-v` eller `--version` Skriv ut versionsinformation och avsluta" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Android.po index fccfb0b1d..38aa8da03 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -1,131 +1,121 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation för Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Använda Jamulus\" branch1=\"Komma igång\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se till att du redan har läst sidan [Getting Started](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Things to note about Android" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saker att notera om Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 -#, markdown-text msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Även om du **kan** installera Jamulus på Android-enheter (och höra ljud), rekommenderar vi starkt att du **inte** gör det. Ljudkvaliteten, särskilt över WiFi, är vanligtvis dålig och latensen är hög. Om du inte har en PC rekommenderar vi att du köper en [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, som är en billig och liten enhet som fungerar mycket bra med Jamulus. Android-stödet är bara ett koncept för att visa möjligheten." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Install the Android PoC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera Android PoC" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du vill prova Jamulus på Android:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 -#, markdown-text msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillåt installation av appar från okända källor (se i Inställningar > Säkerhet. Observera: Det exakta sättet att göra detta beror på din enhet och OS-version)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 -#, markdown-text msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Ladda ner och installera Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 -#, markdown-text msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du bör nu kunna köra Jamulus på din Android-enhet" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Återkoppling och utveckling" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 -#, markdown-text msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vi är mycket glada att få återkoppling från Android-användare och utvecklare. Gå bara till [Jamulus GitHub-repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allt installerat?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus är nu installerat och kan användas. Du kan nu ta en titt på den" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 -#, markdown-text msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Komma igång](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po index 4c2cdfb73..a45f5845e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -1,267 +1,244 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation för Linux" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Använda Jamulus\" branch1=\"Komma igång\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 -#, markdown-text msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se till att läsa sidan [Kom igång](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Uppgraderar du?** Du kanske vill [säkerhetskopiera din konfiguration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Installerar du en server?** Läs först [guiden för serveradministratörer](Running-a-Server).\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian och Ubuntu" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda det officiella arkivet (rekommenderas)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -#, markdown-text msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vi tillhandahåller ett arkiv för Debian- och Ubuntu-baserade distributioner som möjliggör automatiska uppdateringar tillsammans med dina övriga systemuppdateringar. För att använda arkivet:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 -#, markdown-text msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öppna din terminal (CTRL+ALT+T bör fungera)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, markdown-text msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Endast Ubuntu* - Aktivera Ubuntu \"universe\"-arkivet (du kan använda den [grafiska metoden](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) eller [kommandoradsmetoden](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 -#, markdown-text msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ladda ner installationsskriptet för arkivet:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 -#, markdown-text msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gör skriptet körbart:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kör installationsskriptet och installera Jamulus:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera .deb-filerna manuellt" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, markdown-text msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ladda ner Jamulus för din arkitektur: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armhf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) eller [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, markdown-text msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppdatera apt genom att öppna ett terminalfönster (CTRL+ALT+T bör fungera) och skriv: `sudo apt-get update`" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, markdown-text msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gå till den plats där du har laddat ner installationsprogrammet och dubbelklicka på det, eller använd kommandoraden: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (eller för Raspberry Pi osv. enligt ovan)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, markdown-text msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När installationen är klar kan du radera filen och stänga eventuella terminalfönster." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Uppgraderingar:** Om du behöver uppgradera Jamulus till en nyare version och installera Jamulus manuellt, ladda ner den nya .deb-filen och installera om enligt ovan.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Other distributions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andra distributioner" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 -#, markdown-text msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För installationer på andra distributioner, se deras pakethanterare och [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Om en uppdaterad version av Jamulus inte ingår i din distribution kan du [kompilera Jamulus från källkoden](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Notera också de bidragna [installationsskripten](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Set up your hardware" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in din hårdvara" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 -#, markdown-text msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus-klienten behöver ansluta till en körande [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server för att starta. Du behöver ta reda på vilken ljudserver med låg latens som används i din distribution.. - Om din distribution använder [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), se hur du [konfigurerar JACK med QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl).. - Om din distribution använder PipeWire, se hur du [konfigurerar PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera JACK med QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 -#, markdown-text msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att köra en [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server är den rekommenderade metoden att använda `QjackCtl`." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -#, markdown-text msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starta QjackCtl. Du kommer att se **Qt JACK Control-verktygets huvudsida**." #. type: Bullet: '2. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -#, markdown-text msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera din ljudhårdvara enligt följande:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, markdown-text msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in ljud**gränssnittet** till det du vill använda (det kan finnas flera i listan - välj rätt, eftersom detta inte kan ändras utan att stoppa Jamulus och JACK)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, markdown-text msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in **samplingsfrekvensen till 48000**." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, markdown-text msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in **Frames/Period till 128** och **Periods/Buffer till 2** till att börja med." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 -#, markdown-text msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starta om JACK för att de nya inställningarna ska träda i kraft och fortsätt från avsnittet [Starta Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) nedan." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Configure PipeWire" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera PipeWire" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 -#, markdown-text msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PipeWire tillhandahåller sin egen JACK-server. När du startar Jamulus-klienten kör PipeWire automatiskt en JACK-server. Det finns dock några parametrar som behöver justeras. Du behöver ställa in ditt ljudgränssnitt till \"pro-audio\"-profilen och definiera PipeWires \"rate\" och \"quantum\"-parametrar i förväg. Du kan hitta mer information om konfigurationen i [PipeWire-wikin](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 -#, markdown-text msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att ställa in ditt system: 1. Öppna `pavucontrol` (ljudmixern) och välj \"pro-audio\"-profilen för din ljudhårdvara i konfigurationsfliken. 2. Använd följande två kommandon i en terminal för att tvinga PipeWires hastighet och kvantum:" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 @@ -270,45 +247,42 @@ msgid "" "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 -#, markdown-text msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Efter detta, fortsätt från avsnittet [Starta Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) nedan." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Start Jamulus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starta Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 -#, markdown-text msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Med JACK eller PipeWire konfigurerat, starta Jamulus." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du har några problem, kolla först [felsökningssidan](Client-Troubleshooting)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allt installerat?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 -#, markdown-text msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Titta på" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 -#, markdown-text msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Komma igång](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 4a2aa73b2..740e79871 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -1,105 +1,103 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation för macOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Använda Jamulus\" branch1=\"Komma igång\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 -#, markdown-text msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se till att du redan har läst sidan [Getting Started](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 -#, markdown-text msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Spegel 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"2. **Installera Jamulus**: Öppna den nedladdade `.dmg`-filen, godkänn licensen, *dra och släpp* varje ikon du ser i fönstret (Jamulus Client och Server) till din *Programmapp*. Efter det kan du stänga detta fönster.\n" +"3. **Kör Jamulus**. Nu bör du kunna använda Jamulus precis som vilken annan applikation som helst.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 -#, markdown-text msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_Du kan ta bort mappen i nedladdningskatalogen som innehåller `.dmg`-filen och mata ut \"Jamulus\"-enheten på ditt skrivbord. De behövs inte längre._" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Observera:** Du kan hitta gamla (legacy) versioner som stödjer föråldrade operativsystem på [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allt installerat?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 -#, markdown-text msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Titta på" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -#, markdown-text msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Komma igång](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po index bf9e910a1..292c828bc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -1,78 +1,74 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation för Windows" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Använda Jamulus\" branch1=\"Komma igång\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 -#, markdown-text msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se till att läsa sidan [Kom igång](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 -#, markdown-text msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 -#, markdown-text msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ladda ner och installera en ASIO-drivrutin**. Försök att använda den drivrutin som din hårdvarutillverkare tillhandahåller. Om du inte hittar det, eller om du inte har ett externt ljudkort, behöver du förmodligen installera ASIO4ALL. För mer information, scrolla ner till [ASIO](#asio)-avsnittet." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" @@ -80,199 +76,184 @@ msgid "" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" "1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" msgstr "" +"1. [Ladda ner Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Installera Jamulus**: Dubbelklicka på installationsprogrammet för att starta det. Om du får ett varningsmeddelande från SmartScreen, klicka på \"Mer info\" och \"Kör ändå\" för att installera Jamulus. (Om du har tagit en ny version av Jamulus och är en av de första som laddade ner den, kommer Jamulus inte att vitlistas av SmartScreen än. Vi betalar inte för kodsignering.)\n" +"1. **Kör Jamulus**. Nu ska du kunna använda Jamulus precis som alla andra applikationer.\n" +"1. **Konfigurera ditt ljudkort**. När du är klar måste du ställa in din ljudhårdvara. Och om du använder ASIO4ALL, ta en titt på hur du ställer in det nedan.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 -#, markdown-text msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_Vänligen notera att du inte har tillåtelse att distribuera denna binärfil utan att skaffa ett [licensavtal från Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Observera:** Om du inte vill använda ASIO eller föredrar [JACK på Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), kan du också använda [JACK-versionen av Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). Du kan hitta gamla (legacy) versioner som stödjer föråldrade operativsystem på [GitHub-sidan för utgåvor](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "ASIO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ASIO" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus kan använda [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du har ett externt ljudkort/ljudgränssnitt, använd dess officiella ASIO-drivrutin om möjligt (de ger vanligtvis den bästa kvaliteten)." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du inte har ett externt ljudkort kommer du förmodligen inte ha en ASIO-drivrutin, så du behöver installera en generisk sådan, som ASIO4ALL:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan prova två versioner av ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 inkluderar en lösning för en bugg som kan påverka annan funktionalitet." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -#, markdown-text msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Nedladdning](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -#, markdown-text msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Nedladdning](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 -#, markdown-text msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL websida](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 -#, markdown-text msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan behöva experimentera lite beroende på din ljudhårdvara. Om allt fungerar direkt behöver du inte göra något." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tips:** Ställ in ditt ljudkort medan du är [ansluten till en server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) för att höra ditt instrument eller din röst och kontrollera om allt är korrekt inställt; men läs vidare först.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 -#, markdown-text msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Innan du börjar med Jamulus:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 -#, markdown-text msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Stäng alla applikationer** (särskilt de som kan ha åtkomst till ditt ljudkort, som din webbläsare/mediaspelare). ASIO4ALL behöver exklusiv åtkomst till ditt ljudkort, vilket innebär att andra program inte kommer att kunna använda ljud om ASIO4ALL och Jamulus körs." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 -#, markdown-text msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om Jamulus-ljudet inte fungerar direkt, se till att endast de **korrekta ingångarna/utgångarna** i ASIO4ALL **är aktiverade**. Allt annat bör stängas av. Sök i [community-listan över fungerande ASIO4ALL-konfigurationer](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) efter din konfiguration eller gör det manuellt om du inte hittar din:" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hur man ställer in ASIO4ALL-ingångar (Guide)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 -#, markdown-text msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öppna Jamulus inställningar" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 -#, markdown-text msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gå till _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (kolumn till vänster; direkt under valet av drivrutinen)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 -#, markdown-text msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera _avancerad vy_ i ASIO4ALL (klicka på verktygsikonen längst ner till höger)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 -#, markdown-text msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera endast det ljudkort du vill använda genom att klicka på knappen bredvid dess namn" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 -#, markdown-text msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öppna ditt ljudkorts ingångar/utgångar genom att klicka på _plusikonen_ bredvid detta ljudkort" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 -#, markdown-text msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera nu de korrekta ingångarna/utgångarna i listan under ditt ljudkort och inaktivera allt annat. Du kan hovra över ingångarna/utgångarna för att se vilken av dem det är och om de stöder den nödvändiga samplingsfrekvensen för Jamulus på 48kHz (DVD-kvalitet)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" "1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" "1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" "1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" msgstr "" +"**Tips:**\n" +"1. Det kan vara oklart vad den korrekta ljudenheten heter. Många interna ljudkort heter \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" eller liknande.\n" +"1. Hörlurar och högtalare är ofta märkta som \"output\" och mikrofoner som \"input\" eller \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input är vanligtvis inte den ingång/utgång du letar efter. Stäng därför av den om du ser den.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felsökning" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 -#, markdown-text msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om inget fungerar, starta först om Jamulus och/eller din dator för att stänga bakgrundsprocesser som kan ha åtkomst till ditt ljudkort." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 -#, markdown-text msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Därefter, *ställ in ingångarna/utgångarna igen*. Aktiverade och tillgängliga ingångar/utgångar visas som upplysta strömknappar och uppspelningsknappar i ASIO4ALL-inställningarna. Om du istället ser ett rött kryss eller en gul symbol, stäng andra applikationer som kan ha åtkomst till ditt ljudkort (t.ex. webbläsare, Jitsi, Zoom, etc.)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 -#, markdown-text msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ta en titt på [denna video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) av [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) som ger mer detaljerad information om hur du ställer in ASIO4ALL." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 -#, markdown-text msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Officiell och ytterligare information om hur du konfigurerar ASIO4ALL finns dokumenterad i den officiella [ASIO4ALL FAQ på ASIO4ALL:s webbplats](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allt installerat?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 -#, markdown-text msgid "Take a look at" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Titta på" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 -#, markdown-text msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Komma igång](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po index 41378e496..ec2116303 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -1,184 +1,166 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation för iOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Använda Jamulus\" branch1=\"Komma igång\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 -#, markdown-text msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se till att du redan har läst sidan [Getting Started](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Things to note about iOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saker att notera om iOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du inte har en PC rekommenderar vi att du köper en [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, som är en billig och liten enhet som fungerar mycket bra med Jamulus. iOS-stödet är bara ett koncept för att visa möjligheten." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, markdown-text msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att installera Jamulus på din iOS-enhet behöver du ett (gratis eller betalt) Apple Developer-konto och helst en dator." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du inte betalar för ett Apple Developer-konto kommer Jamulus endast att fungera i högst 7 dagar innan du behöver installera det på nytt." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus på iOS fungerar ganska bra om allt är korrekt inställt. Vi rekommenderar dock starkt att du använder ett ljudgränssnitt och en USB-Ethernet-adapter. Om du har en äldre enhet med en Lightning-port och inte USB-C kan du använda något som [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) och en (strömad) USB-hubb." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du måste använda Jamulus på ett trådlöst nätverk bör du föredra en mobil (5G) anslutning framför WiFi." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, markdown-text msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Icke-officiella Jamulus-kompatibla appar som [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) finns på AppStore men kan ha andra funktioner än den officiella Jamulus-versionen." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera för iOS (endast för erfarna användare)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Observera**: Vi tillhandahåller en osignerad .ipa-fil som du behöver signera och sedan installera på din enhet. Om du inte är Jailbroken (och har AppSync installerat) kan du behöva ytterligare mjukvara för att installera Jamulus. Det finns flera sätt att göra detta, men denna guide förklarar endast det mest standardmässiga tillvägagångssättet. Observera att vi förutsätter att du redan har ett (gratis) Apple Developer-konto. Om du inte har ett, skapa ett Apple ID och [Registrera dig för ett utvecklarkonto](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Vi rekommenderar att skapa ett utan tvåstegsverifiering och som inte är kopplat till ditt eventuella personliga konto. Du kommer att behöva ange lösenordet i icke-Apple-programvara.\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Ladda ner Jamulus (.ipa) på en PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Signera .ipa-filen (t.ex. via Xcode eller någon annan **betrodd** app. Vi ger inga rekommendationer här, men det finns appar för alla operativsystem)" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När filen är signerad och installerad, öppna Inställningar på din iOS-enhet, navigera till Allmänt > Profiler (eller VPN och enhetshantering). Tryck på utvecklarkontot som motsvarar ditt konto och lita på kontot." #. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öppna Jamulus från din startskärm" #. type: Bullet: '5. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Efter 7 dagar måste du signera om Jamulus om du använder ett gratis utvecklarkonto. Gör om allt från steg 4." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du äger en Mac och har Xcode installerat kan kompilering av Jamulus från källkod vara ett annat, mer inbyggt alternativ. Se gärna [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Återkoppling och utveckling" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 -#, markdown-text msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vår uppfattning är att iOS-versionen inte är tillräckligt mogen för att publiceras på AppStore. Känn dig fri att hjälpa till: Gå bara till [Jamulus GitHub-repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 -#, markdown-text msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Läs även [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) angående publiceringen av Jamulus via Apple AppStore." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allt installerat?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus är nu installerat och kan användas. Du kan nu ta en titt på den" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 -#, markdown-text msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Komma igång](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po index 2f4792e72..c544bc63e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -1,172 +1,161 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:45+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus – Sekretesspolicy" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integritetspolicy" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Den engelska versionen av detta dokument utgör den officiella sekretesspolicyn för den _current version_ av programvaran som är tillgänglig på denna webbplats. Tidigare versioner av programvaran och översättningar av denna sekretesspolicy på andra språk kan ha andra villkor som inte längre gäller eller stöds.**\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Definition of Terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definition av termer" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 -#, markdown-text msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"**Server**\": Den Jamulus-programvara som körs som en server och accepterar anslutningar från klienter" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 -#, markdown-text msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**\"Client\"**: Den Jamulus-programvara som används för att ansluta till en server" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 -#, markdown-text msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"**Directory**\" En Jamulus-server som är konfigurerad för att tillhandahålla en lista över servrar till klienter" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus.io Website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus.io websida" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 -#, markdown-text msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Webbplatsen på [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) drivs med GitHub Pages. Jamulus-teamet har inte konstruerat webbplatsen för att sätta spårningscookies, men se GitHubs [sekretesspolicy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) för information om datainsamling och sekretess i allmänhet. Kunskapsbasen för communityn använder [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) för diskussioner och kommentarer. Du kan hitta [giscus sekretesspolicy på deras GitHub-repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus mjukvara" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus är öppen källkod och kan modifieras av vem som helst. Därför kan Jamulus-projektet inte göra några uttalanden relaterade till sekretess, datainsamling eller säkerhet i förhållande till din användning av programvaran." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "General Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generell information" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -#, markdown-text msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vid normal användning av programvaran som laddats ner från denna webbplats och som inte har modifierats, utbyts din användarprofilinformation med servrar du ansluter till, medkamrater anslutna till dessa servrar, samt med tredje parter (inklusive kataloger) som använder Jamulus-protokollet. Denna information är begränsad till ditt Jamulus-namn, stad, land, instrument och färdighetsnivå som du har angivit i din profil. Servrarna du ansluter till kommer också att ha tillgång till din internetadress (IP-adress) eftersom det krävs för att programvaran ska fungera; men denna information delas inte med medkamrater på samma server eller är tillgänglig för tredje parter." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 -#, markdown-text msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." -msgstr "" +msgstr "All kommunikation mellan och bland klienter, servrar, kataloger och tredje parts protokollanvändare skickas utan kryptering." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus servrar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 -#, markdown-text msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du ansluter till en server, antingen direkt eller via en katalog, är operatören av den servern ansvarig för dess driftspolicy, sekretesspolicy och datanvändningspolicy. Även om icke-modifierade servrar som standard inte loggar eller lagrar din anslutnings- eller profilinformation, kan vissa servrar vara konfigurerade för att göra det. Därför bör du inte ha några förväntningar på sekretess när det gäller din profilinformation eller internetadress." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Chat Exchanges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chattutbyten" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 -#, markdown-text msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chattar är textmeddelanden som kan utbytas mellan klienter anslutna till samma server. Alla som är anslutna till en server kan se alla chattar, och det bör inte finnas någon förväntan på sekretess för information som skickas genom Jamulus chattfunktion. Även om icke-modifierade servrar inte loggar eller lagrar chattar, kan vissa modifierade servrar göra det." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Recordings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudinspelningar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 -#, markdown-text msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Icke-modifierade servrar kommer att visa en avisering om inspelning är aktiverad. Inspelningar av varje kanal lagras av servern och styrs av serveroperatören." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 -#, markdown-text msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det är möjligt för anslutna klienter att göra inspelningar av sessioner utanför Jamulus, för vilka det kanske inte finns någon avisering eller indikation. Jamulus har ingen möjlighet att upptäcka eller kontrollera dessa situationer och gör inga uttalanden om insamlingen eller användningen av sådan inspelningsdata." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kataloger" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 -#, markdown-text msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det är möjligt för anslutna klienter att göra inspelningar av sessioner utanför Jamulus, och det kan vara så att det inte finns någon avisering eller indikation om detta. Jamulus har ingen möjlighet att upptäcka eller kontrollera sådana situationer och gör inga uttalanden om insamlingen eller användningen av sådan inspelningsdata." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po index 06271a7cd..427a5b516 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po @@ -1,77 +1,74 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvalitet/prioritet på tjänst (QoS)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:9 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användning av QoS på Windows" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus uses Quality of Service (QoS) to mitigate network jitter delays." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus använder Quality of Service (QoS) för att minska nätverksfördröjningar orsakade av jitter." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:15 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18. Jamulus sets the DS Field byte to 128 (or 0x80) to select DSCP/CS4 in an IPv4 or IPv6 packet header. Other byte values can be set using the -Q option, e.g. -Q [0..255]. However, most people will have no need to do this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du vill utforska effekten av icke-standardinställningar, se [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) sidorna 16-18. Jamulus sätter DS Field-byte till 128 (eller 0x80) för att välja DSCP/CS4 i en IPv4- eller IPv6-paketheader. Andra byte-värden kan ställas in med hjälp av -Q alternativet, t.ex. -Q [0..255]. De flesta kommer dock inte att behöva göra detta." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:17 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus' QoS settings (including the default) are set to 0 on recent Windows and macOS because of the operating system. To use QoS on Windows, follow these instructions. Note that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus' QoS-inställningar (inklusive standardinställningen) är inställda på 0 på moderna Windows- och macOS-system på grund av operativsystemet. För att använda QoS på Windows, följ dessa instruktioner. Observera att du kan behöva upprepa denna procedur varje gång Jamulus uppdateras." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" "In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" @@ -93,9 +90,27 @@ msgid "" "    UDP
\n" "    Finish
\n" msgstr "" +"I sökrutan bredvid Start-menyn, skriv: Local Group Policy Editor (tryck Enter)
\n" +"I det nya fönstret, klicka på menykonen för att visa den tredje panelen för Åtgärder
\n" +"Titta på den första panelen i Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (klicka)
\n" +"Titta på den tredje panelen (Åtgärder) i Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (klicka)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value:32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Denna QoS-policy gäller endast för applikationer med namnet Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 -#, markdown-text msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(Observera att Jamulus policy i centerpanelen kan redigeras)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po index 3334904aa..6616a515f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po @@ -1,423 +1,423 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Köra en server" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Server Administration Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serveradministrationsmanual" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Behöver jag köra en server?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Nej**. Du behöver inte köra en egen server. Du kan använda servrar som listas av de inbyggda katalogerna och använda Jamulus utan att köra en server själv. Du kan också använda en icke listad server om du känner till dess internetadress. Eller så kan du använda en tredjeparts hostingtjänst som [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) eller [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Det finns förmodligen en server i närheten som du och dina vänner kan använda med tillräckligt låg fördröjning för de flesta behov.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 -#, markdown-text msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Att använda en offentlig server kan leda till att du kommer i kontakt med främlingar. Om du vill ha en ostörd session kan du använda solo-tekniken som beskrivs på [Tips och tricks-sidan](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). Du kommer inte att höra främlingar som ansluter till servern, men de kan höra dig om de så önskar." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Krav" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Speed and latency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hastighet och latens" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**_Serverns kapabilitet (och nätverket den är ansluten till) är INTE den främsta faktorn för kvaliteten på en Jamulus-session!_**\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 -#, markdown-text msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vanligtvis är problemen på _klient_ sidan och bör åtgärdas där. Kolla på [Felsökningssida](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) om det behövs." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dock kan olika problem också uppstå vid uppsättning av servrar, särskilt när de körs på en hemanslutning med låg bandbredd. Det är vanligtvis okej att ha färre än 5 spelare på en långsammare hemanslutning (t.ex. 10 Mbit/s nedströms och 1 Mbit/s uppströms). Du kan läsa mer om nätverkskrav vid [olika kvalitetsinställningar här](Server-Bandwidth)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 -#, markdown-text msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Överväg att använda en molnhost istället för din hemanslutning för att få bättre svarstider om du har problem." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "General notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allmänna anteckningar" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -#, markdown-text msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varje server bör ha minst 1,6 GHz CPU-frekvens och 1 GB RAM" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -#, markdown-text msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Att köra en server kan kräva att du justerar brandväggar som är aktiva på eller utanför din maskin eller molnhost." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -#, markdown-text msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du måste ställa in portvidarebefordran på din router för att köra en [oregistrerad server](Unregistered-Servers) hemma. Detta bör i de flesta fall inte vara nödvändigt när du kör en registrerad server. Vissa hemnätverk kan dock kräva portvidarebefordran för en registrerad server." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus erbjuder begränsat IPv6-stöd som du kan aktivera för en klient eller server från kommandoraden." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 -#, markdown-text msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De flesta människor kör Jamulus på en tredjeparts/molnvärd som en \"huvudlös\" server (ingen videoskärm eller tangentbord) på **hårdvara utan ljud** som kör Linux. Du kan också köra en server i en [**skrivbordsmiljö**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Obs** Följande steg kommer att resultera i att du kör en \"Oregistrerad\" server. För mer information, se [avsnittet Serverlägen](#server-modes) nedan.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 -#, markdown-text msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att köra en huvudlös server på Linux, förutsätter följande steg att du är bekant med kommandoraden och Debian/Ubuntu eller liknande distribution som använder systemd." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 -#, markdown-text msgid "Download the setup script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ladda ner installationsskriptet:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" " ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 -#, markdown-text msgid "Make the script executable:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gör skriptet exekverbart:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" " ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -#, markdown-text msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kör skriptet och installera den huvudlösa servern:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 -#, markdown-text msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera den huvudlösa serverprocessen:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -#, markdown-text msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till önskade [kommandoradsalternativ](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) till `ExecStart`-raden i systemd-tjänstfilen:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -#, markdown-text msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ladda om systemd-filerna och starta om den huvudlösa servern:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -#, markdown-text msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_För att redigera din serverkonfiguration upprepar du bara de två sista stegen ovan._" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serverlägen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -#, markdown-text msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servrar kan köras i ett av tre lägen (antingen hemma eller på en 3:e parts värd), beroende på dina behov." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oregistrerat läge" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 -#, markdown-text msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta är standard när du startar en server för första gången. Oregistrerade servrar listas inte av kataloger, så endast musiker som känner till din servers adress kan ansluta till den." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**För information om att köra en oregistrerad server [se den här guiden](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagram\n" "
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrerat läge" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 -#, markdown-text msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "I detta läge kommer din server att visas i serverlistan som tillhandahålls av en katalog. Jamulus-klienter kommer med en lista med inbyggda kataloger. Om du registrerar din server med en av dessa kan vem som helst upptäcka och ansluta till den." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 -#, markdown-text msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alternativt kan du lista din server i en anpassad katalog (se nedan). Klienter hittar bara din server om de anger den anpassade katalogens internetadress." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 -#, markdown-text msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Observera att kataloger endast kan registrera upp till 150 servrar. Om du ser ett meddelande som säger att du inte kan registrera din server eftersom katalogen är full, kan du försöka registrera dig med en annan katalog." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagram\n" "
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Katalogläge" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du vill köra ett antal servrar, eventuellt även bakom en brandvägg eller på ett LAN, kanske du vill köra din server som en katalog. Exempel är onlineevenemang, musikföreningar, sektionsrepetitioner eller musiklektioner för skolor." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 -#, markdown-text msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För information, [se katalogguiden](Directories)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurationsalternativ" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 -#, markdown-text msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beroende på ditt operativsystem och hur du kör servern kan du ställa in serveralternativ och göra dem beständiga mellan omladdningar genom att följa dessa steg:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**För Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu med systemd)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 -#, markdown-text msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till önskade kommandoradsalternativ till `ExecStart`-raden i systemd-tjänstfilen genom att köra `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (Du måste ladda om eller starta om för att ändringarna ska träda i kraft. Se [Installation]( #installation))." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**För GUI** (alla plattformar)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 -#, markdown-text msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alla inställningar som görs med det grafiska gränssnittet kommer att lagras i filen `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Redigera **inte** den här filen för hand!) Vissa alternativ är dock inte tillgängliga i GUI och måste ställas in med hjälp av kommandoraden. För mer information, se [Server på skrivbordet](#servers-on-the-desktop)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minsta inställning för att köras i registrerat läge" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan köra en huvudlös server på Linux med systemd (med `systemctl`), som behandlas i andra avsnitt. Du kan också köra en server direkt från kommandoraden. Ange följande kommando för att [köra en registrerad server](#server-modes):" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 @@ -427,58 +427,56 @@ msgid "" " --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" " --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" msgstr "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[namn];[stad];[land som två bokstäver ISO-landskod eller Qt5 Locale]\"\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 -#, markdown-text msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se tabellen nedan för värden för `hostname:port`." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Obs**: Semikolon och nyradstecken är inte tillåtna i `[namn]` och `[stad]` i argumentet `--serverinfo`. Se [Serverrelaterade alternativ](#server-mode-related-options) för mer information om landskoden. \n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serverrelaterade alternativ" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-e eller --directoryaddress`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 -#, markdown-text msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Krävs för en [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Krävs också för att köra Jamulus som en [katalog](Directories)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 -#, markdown-text msgid "This option takes the format:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det här alternativet har formatet:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 -#, markdown-text msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--katalogadress värdnamn:port` där `värdnamn` är genrekatalogens värdnamn och `port` är dess portnummer." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 -#, markdown-text msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att registrera dig med en av de inbyggda katalogerna i Jamulus-klienten, ersätt `värdnamn:port` med något av följande alternativ:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" "|-----------|------------------|\n" @@ -490,342 +488,322 @@ msgid "" "|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" "|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" msgstr "" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-o eller --serverinfo`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 -#, markdown-text msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När du registrerar din server med en katalog kan du ange ett servernamn och platsinformation så att användare sedan kan söka efter dessa värden från sin klient." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 -#, markdown-text msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`[namn];[stad];[land som tvåbokstavs ISO-landskod]`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 -#, markdown-text msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se [ISO-landskoder med två bokstäver](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Obs!** Semikolon och nyradstecken är inte tillåtna i `namn` och `stad` värden.\n" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-L eller --licence`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 -#, markdown-text msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa ett avtalsfönster innan användare kan ansluta. Texten i avtalet som ska visas ska tillhandahållas som `--welcomemessage` (se nedan)." #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-w eller --welcomemessage`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 -#, markdown-text msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ett \"välkomstmeddelande\" att visa i klientchattfönstret vid anslutning. Kan ges som en sträng eller filnamn och kan innehålla HTML. När en sökväg används måste filen vara tillgänglig för användarkontot som kör Jamulus. (På de flesta Linux-installationer används användaren `jamulus` som standard.) Om den inte är tillgänglig kommer den bokstavliga sökvägen (i stället för dess innehåll) att visas." #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -#, markdown-text msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serverns offentliga IP-adress om du ansluter till en katalog bakom samma NAT. Se [katalogguiden](Directories) för ytterligare information." #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--directoryfile`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 -#, markdown-text msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "_Endast kataloger:_ Kom ihåg registrerade servrar även om katalogen startas om. Se [katalogguiden](Directories) för ytterligare information." #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-f eller --listfilter`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 -#, markdown-text msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "_Endast kataloger:_ Ange vilka servrar som kan registreras på katalogservern. Se [katalogguiden](Directories) för ytterligare information." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allmänna serveralternativ" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 -#, markdown-text msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dessa alternativ kan användas oavsett vilket läge din server körs i (även om vissa kanske inte är relevanta för kataloger)." #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-d eller --discononquit`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 -#, markdown-text msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Normalt, när en server stoppas eller startas om, kommer alla klienter som inte har tryckt på sina **Koppla från**-knappar automatiskt att återupprätta anslutningen när servern återvänder. Detta alternativ tvingar klienter att manuellt återupprätta sina anslutningar till servern i detta scenario." #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-F eller --fastupdate`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 -#, markdown-text msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minskar latensen om klienter ansluter med alternativet **Små nätverksbuffertar**. Kräver snabbare CPU för att undvika avhopp och mer bandbredd till aktiverade klienter." #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-l eller --log`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 -#, markdown-text msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera loggning, ange sökväg och filnamn" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-m eller --htmlstatus`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -#, markdown-text msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera HTML-statusfil, ange sökväg och filnamn" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Obs!** Den här funktionen är utfasad och kan försvinna i en framtida version.\n" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-P eller --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -#, markdown-text msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Börja med fördröjd panorering aktiverad. Detta alternativ använder små skillnader i ljudets ankomsttid mellan de två öronen. Den ger en stereoeffekt som liknar naturlig mänsklig hörsel jämfört med normal \"volym\" panorering." #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-s` eller `--server`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 -#, markdown-text msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starta Jamulus i serverläge" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 -#, markdown-text msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange IP-adressen som Jamulus-processen ska binda till." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 -#, markdown-text msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Normalt lyssnar Jamulus på alla IP-adresser på värddatorn. Om värden har flera nätverksadresser tillåter detta alternativ att en av adresserna kan väljas." #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-T eller --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 -#, markdown-text msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd multithreading för att bättre utnyttja flerkärniga processorer. Den här inställningen kan hjälpa servern att stödja fler klienter. Se även `--numchannels`" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-u eller --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 -#, markdown-text msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maximalt antal kanaler (klienter)" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-z eller --startminimized`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 -#, markdown-text msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starta det grafiska användargränssnittet för Jamulus Server i det minimerade fönstertillståndet." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Other options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andra alternativ" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Styr servern via API" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus kan styras via ett experimentellt API som kan ändras. Du kan hitta [JSON-RPC API dokumenterat i huvudarkivet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC låter dig styra vissa funktioner som att ändra välkomstmeddelandet eller starta inspelningar i huvudlöst läge från autentiserade externa applikationer. Det fungerar medan servern är igång." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Recording" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inspelning" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-R eller --recording`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 -#, markdown-text msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in serverinspelningskatalog. Som standard kommer servern att spela in när en session är aktiv." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Obs:** Du måste spara inspelningar till en sökväg _utanför_ av jamulus-hemkatalogen, eller ta bort `ProtectHome=true` från din systemd-enhetsfil, men var medveten om att det kan vara en säkerhetsrisk.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 -#, markdown-text msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inspelningar är per spår i [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof`-format och [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Öppna respektive filer för att lyssna på dem i dessa applikationer." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Obs!** När din server spelar in visar klienter ett rött bannermeddelande om att sessionen spelas in.\n" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -#, markdown-text msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in servern att inte spela in som standard när inspelning är konfigurerad." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Styra inspelning" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 -#, markdown-text msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inspelningen startar när den första personen ansluter till servern och slutar när den sista personen lämnar." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 -#, markdown-text msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om servern tar emot en SIGUSR1-signal under en inspelning kommer den att starta en ny inspelning i en ny katalog. SIGUSR2 växlar inspelning på/av. Om [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) är aktiverat kommer du också att kunna hantera servern på ett sätt som är jämförbart med det grafiska användargränssnittet . Se den (experimentella) [JSON-RPC-dokumentationen på inspelaren](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 -#, markdown-text msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att skicka dessa signaler med systemd, skapa följande två `.service`-filer i `/etc/systemd/system`, kalla dem något lämpligt (t.ex. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 -#, markdown-text msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Så här slår du på eller av inspelning (beroende på aktuellt läge):" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 @@ -839,12 +817,18 @@ msgid "" " Type=oneshot\n" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -#, markdown-text msgid "To start a new recording:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att starta en ny inspelning:" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 @@ -858,165 +842,156 @@ msgid "" " Type=oneshot\n" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 -#, markdown-text msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "_Obs: Jamulus-tjänstens namn i `ExecStart`-raden måste vara detsamma som `.service`-filnamnet som används av systemd för att styra din Jamulus-server. Som standard, om du använder `.deb`-filerna från förvaret, är det `jamulus-headless`, som i det här exemplet." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 -#, markdown-text msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kör `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` för att registrera dem för första användning." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 -#, markdown-text msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu kan du köra dessa med kommandot `systemctl`, till exempel:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 -#, markdown-text msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan se resultatet av dessa kommandon om du kör `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (eller respektive tjänstnamn du angav manuellt). Du kan också se din (sys)logg." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägga till metadata till servern" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan lägga till metadata i välkomstmeddelandet från en server för att lägga till ytterligare, dold information som kontaktinformation eller policyförfrågningar för botar (detta är jämförbart med [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots. Text)). Se [Community Knowledge Base-posten om metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) för mer information." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servrar på skrivbordet" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus kan köras i serverläge i en dators grafiska miljö. Detta ger dig ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för att kontrollera de flesta inställningarna. För att göra detta, först [installera Jamulus för din plattform](Getting-Started), gör sedan något av följande:" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 -#, markdown-text msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Windows-användare** - Använd ikonen \"Jamulus Server\" i Windows Start-meny. Om du vill att servern ska starta automatiskt när du startar Windows, markera rutan för det här alternativet." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 -#, markdown-text msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**macOS-användare** - Dubbelklicka på ikonen \"Jamulus Server\" i Applikationer." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 -#, markdown-text msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Linux-användare** - Starta genvägen \"Jamulus Server\". Eller så kan du öppna ett terminalfönster (`CTRL+ALT+t` på Debian och relaterade distros), skriv `jamulus -s` och tryck på retur." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 -#, markdown-text msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Medan de vanligaste funktionerna i Jamulus kan ställas in med GUI, kan andra endast ställas in med alternativ som ges i ett terminalfönster när servern startas. Exakt hur du gör detta beror på ditt operativsystem." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Till exempel i Windows, för att använda en specifik inställningsfil, högerklicka på Jamulus-genvägen och välj **Egenskaper** > **Mål**. Lägg till de nödvändiga argumenten till Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 -#, markdown-text msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För macOS, starta ett terminalfönster och kör Jamulus med önskade alternativ så här:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Obs** Kommandoradsalternativ kommer att ställa in serverns standardinställningar vid start. Du kan åsidosätta dem medan servern körs med deras motsvarande GUI-kontroller.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serverstatusikonen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 -#, markdown-text msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "När en server körs i GUI-läge kommer operativsystemet att visa en ikon i systemfältet eller statusområdet som indikerar om servern har anslutningar:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Bild
Servern är tom\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Bild
Servern är upptagen\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera servern" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 -#, markdown-text msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Huvudlösa servrar använder inte `.ini`-filer. All konfiguration ges som kommandoradsalternativ. Om du kör en server i GUI-läge, efter att ha läst alla kommandoradsalternativ vid start, kommer den att lagra sin konfiguration i filen `Jamulusserver.ini`." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felsökning" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du har andra problem, [se den här guiden](Server-Troubleshooting)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po index b6031483b..e99df2806 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -1,71 +1,70 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användning av bandbredd" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mer\" branch1=\"Serveradministration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudbandbredd" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -#, markdown-text msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudinställningarna påverkar den nödvändiga nätverksbandbredden. Tabellen nedan sammanfattar nätverkskrav med avseende på konfigurationen av: * Kanaler: stereo/mono * Kvalitet: hög/medium/låg * Ljudbuffertlängd: 2,67 ms, 5,33 ms, 10,67 ms, 21,33 ms" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -#, markdown-text msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Med följande enheter * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per sekund (Kom ihåg : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per sekund" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "| Channels | Quality | Bandwidth (for buffer : 2.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 5.33 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 10.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 21.33 ms) |\n" "| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n" @@ -76,16 +75,24 @@ msgid "" "| Mono | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" "| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" msgstr "" +"| Kanaler | Kvalitet | Bandbredd (för buffert: 2,67 ms) | Bandbredd (för buffert: 5,33 ms) | Bandbredd (för buffert: 10,67 ms) | Bandbredd (för buffert: 21,33 ms) |\n" +"| -------- | -------- | ------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | ------------------------------- |\n" +"| Stereo | Hög | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Medium | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Låg | 606 Kbit/s | 372 Kbit/s | 256 Kbit/s | 198 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Hög | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Låg | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Network bandwidth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nätverksbandbredd" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "There is one upstream (musician sending to the Server) and one downstream (server sending back the mix to the musician)\n" "
\n" @@ -93,9 +100,13 @@ msgid "" "
Calculate bandwidth use
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" +"Det finns en uppströms (musiker som skickar till servern) och en nedströms (server som skickar tillbaka mixen till musikern)\n" +"
\n" +" \"Ett\n" +"
Beräkna bandbreddsanvändning
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40 -#, markdown-text msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Observera också att den genomsnittliga ADSL2-överföringshastigheten är 10 Mbit/s för nedströms och 1 Mbit/s för uppströms. Den faktiska prestandan beror på avståndet till leverantören, vilket [teoretiskt kan variera från 24 Mbit/s vid 0,3 km till 1,5 Mbit/s vid 5,2 km för nedladdningshastighet](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po index f432e181e..b98ed2c31 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -1,181 +1,174 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felsökning server" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mer\" branch1=\"Serveradministration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Servers - Registered" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servrar - Registrerade" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varför visas inte min server i listan? Varför registreras den inte?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du är korrekt registrerad (du kan [se det här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) och du eller dina vänner inte kan se din server, kan du behöva vänta eller starta din klient med alternativet `--showallservers` och försöka ansluta därifrån ([se kommandoradsalternativ](Software-Manual#command-line-options) för hur du startar din klient med en konfigurationsoption). I vissa nätverkskonfigurationer kan du också behöva konfigurera din router för att [vidarebefordra portnumret](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) som används av Jamulus Server." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you are seeing a message that says the Server is full, you will need to wait until a slot becomes free." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du ser ett meddelande som säger att servern är full, måste du vänta tills en plats blir ledig." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:31 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan verifiera att din server är listad i den relevanta genren genom att [kolla här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Servers - Unregistered" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servrar - Oregistrerade" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jag kör min klient på samma maskin/nätverk som min server men kan inte ansluta till den" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anslut din klient till `localhost` eller `127.0.0.1`. Om du kör klienten på en annan maskin än servern men på samma nätverk, anslut då till serverns _lokala nätverksadress_. Anslut inte via serverns offentliga (WAN) adress." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vilken adress ska jag ge till andra så att de kan ansluta till min server?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -#, markdown-text msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta bör vara din **offentliga** IP-adress (hitta den med [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Anslut din **egen** Jamulus-klient till den **lokala** IP-adressen för din server (`localhost` eller `127.0.0.1` om den är på samma maskin som din klient). Observera att din offentliga IP-adress kan ändras - se noteringen om \"dynamisk DNS\" i [denna guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "What port numbers can I use?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vilka portnummer kan jag använda?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan ställa in din server att lyssna på ett anpassat portnummer med alternativet `--port`. Om du gör detta, behöver du informera folk om vilket portnummer de ska ansluta till. De måste lägga till portnumret till adressen till din server i formatet `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingen kan ansluta till min server - men jag kan ansluta lokalt" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -#, markdown-text msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Först och främst, se till att du har aktiverat [portvidarebefordran](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). Om du fortfarande inte kan se din server utanför ditt lokala nätverk kan det finnas problem med din internetleverantör (ISP)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -#, markdown-text msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vissa ISP:er använder tekniker som [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) eller [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) för att spara adressutrymme (vanligtvis för IPv4). Det gör det omöjligt att vara värd för tjänster som Jamulus hemma eftersom de inte är synliga utanför ditt lokala nätverk." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54 -#, markdown-text msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att upptäcka om CGN är problemet, gå till din routers konfigurationsskärm (vanligtvis 192.168.X.X) och titta på WAN-statussidan. Om din listade IPv4-adress inte matchar med din offentliga IPv4-adress (kolla den [här](https://ifconfig.me)), tyder det på att CGN kan vara aktiverat. Du kan försöka använda en IPv6-anslutning genom att starta klienter och server med flaggan `-6` om IPv6 är tillgängligt för servern och alla klienter." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 -#, markdown-text msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att åtgärda problemet med IPv4, kontakta din ISP:s tekniska supportteam och informera dem om att du vill vara värd för en offentlig server hemma och därför behöver en riktig WAN-IP-adress. Du kan också nämna att CGN kan vara problemet. Dessutom kan du be om en statisk IP-adress för att undvika att använda DDNS." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po index 73298fb40..3714e3f4f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po @@ -1,849 +1,798 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-17 21:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mjukvaruhandbok" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus användarmanual" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 -#, markdown-text msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den här handboken dokumenterar Jamulus Client-applikationen för användning av musiker och sångare som använder programvaran för att ansluta till en server." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Main Window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Huvudfönster" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Image\n" "\t
Your local mix when connected to a Server
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Bild\n" +"\t
Din lokala mix när du är ansluten till en server
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ping, fördröjning och jitter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ping** visar din nätverkslatens i millisekunder, ju lägre desto bättre. Pingtid bidrar till den totala fördröjningen (se nedan). Den mest troliga orsaken till en hög ping är att ditt avstånd till servern är för stort. \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as:\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Fördröjning** visar total latens beräknad från den aktuella pingtiden och fördröjningen som introduceras av de aktuella ljudbuffertinställningarna. Lysdioderna visar statusen för detta som:\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Green** - The delay is perfect for a jam session\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Grön** - Fördröjningen är perfekt för en jamsession\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Yellow** - A session is still possible but it may be harder to play\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Gul** - En session är fortfarande möjlig men det kan vara svårare att spela\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Red** - The delay is too large for jamming\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Röd** - Fördröjningen är för stor för störning\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:48 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Jitter** visar aktuell ljud-/strömningsstatus. Om lampan lyser **rött** avbryts ljudströmmen. Detta orsakas av ett av följande problem:\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 -#, markdown-text msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nätverksjitterbufferten är inte tillräckligt stor för det aktuella jitter i nätverket/ljudgränssnittet." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 -#, markdown-text msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudkortets buffertfördröjning (buffertstorlek) är för liten (se fönstret Inställningar)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 -#, markdown-text msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppladdnings- eller nedladdningshastigheten är för hög för din internetbandbredd." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 -#, markdown-text msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CPU:n för klienten eller servern är på 100%." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Input" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inmatning" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 -#, markdown-text msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visar nivån på de två stereokanalerna för din ljudingång. Se till att inte klippa insignalen för att undvika förvrängningar av ditt ljud (lysdioderna indikerar klippning när det inträffar)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Mute Myself button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Knappen Tysta mig" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 -#, markdown-text msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klipper din ljudström till servern så att du kan höra dig själv och se dina egna ingångsnivåer, men andra musiker gör det inte. Var medveten om att andra musiker inte kommer att veta om du har tystat dig själv." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Reverb effect" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reverb effekt" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69 -#, markdown-text msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägger till reverb till din lokala monoljudkanal, eller till båda kanalerna i stereoläge. Valet av monokanal och efterklangsnivån kan ändras. Till exempel, om en mikrofonsignal matas in till höger ljudkanal på ljudkortet och en efterklangseffekt behöver appliceras, ställ kanalväljaren åt höger och flytta fadern uppåt tills önskad efterklangsnivå uppnås." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Chat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chatt" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -#, markdown-text msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öppnar chattfönstret. Inmatad text skickas till alla anslutna klienter. Om ett nytt chattmeddelande kommer och chattdialogen inte redan är öppen, öppnas den automatiskt för alla klienter. Se Inställningar om du vill aktivera en ljudvarning när ett nytt chattmeddelande tas emot." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Connect/disconnect button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anslut/koppla från-knapp" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 -#, markdown-text msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta där du kan välja en server att ansluta till. Om du är ansluten avslutas sessionen genom att trycka på den här knappen. Du kan också öppna dialogen med \"File>Connection Setup...\". Detta kommer att lämna dig ansluten till en aktuell session tills du går med i en annan." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Skärmdump
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -#, markdown-text msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fönstret Anslutningsinställningar visar en lista över tillgängliga servrar tillsammans med deras \"avstånd\" (i termer av pingtid), antalet passagerare och det maximala antalet som stöds, och serverns givna plats. Permanenta servrar (de som har varit listade i mer än 24 timmar) visas i fet stil." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 -#, markdown-text msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på den server du vill ansluta till och tryck på knappen Anslut för att ansluta till den. Alternativt kan du dubbelklicka på servernamnet." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 -#, markdown-text msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serveroperatörer registrerar sina servrar med kataloger. Dessa är antingen genrespecifika eller för vilken genre som helst, eller ytterligare [anpassade poster](#custom-directories). Använd rullgardinsmenyn Katalog för att välja en genre. Du kan filtrera listan efter servernamn eller plats. För att lista endast upptagna servrar, ange ett \"#\"-tecken. Om du väljer \"Visa alla musiker\" kommer de aktuella passagerarna att visas." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du känner till IP-adressen eller URL:en för en privat server kan du ansluta till den med hjälp av fältet Servernamn/adress. Ett valfritt portnummer kan läggas till efter adressen med ett kolon som avgränsare, t.ex. `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Observera att IPv6-adresser måste vara helt omgivna av hakparenteser, till exempel `[::1]:22124`.) Fältet kommer också att visa en lista över de senast använda serveradresserna. Knappen som följer efter fältet gör att den aktuella posten kan tas bort från listan." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server ljudmixer" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 -#, markdown-text msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudmixerskärmen visar varje användare som är ansluten till servern (inklusive dig själv). Faders låter dig justera nivån på det du hör utan att påverka vad andra hör." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 -#, markdown-text msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VU-mätaren visar ingångsnivån på servern - det vill säga ljudet som skickas." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du har ställt in din ljudkanal på Stereo eller Stereo Out i dina inställningar, kommer du också att se en panoreringskontroll (skift-klicka för att återställa)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du ser en \"tyst\"-ikon ovanför en användare betyder det att personen inte kan höra dig. Antingen har de stängt av dig, solo en eller flera användare som inte inkluderar dig, eller har satt din fader i deras mix till noll." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -#, markdown-text msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användare visas vanligtvis från vänster till höger i den ordning som de ansluter. Du kan istället sortera efter namn, instrument, grupp eller stad med hjälp av menyn Visa." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 -#, markdown-text msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om serveroperatören har aktiverat inspelning kommer du att se ett meddelande ovanför mixern som visar att du håller på att spelas in." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grp-knapp" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan gruppera användare med \"grupp\"-växeln. Om du flyttar fadern för någon medlem i gruppen kommer de andra fadersna i den gruppen att flyttas lika mycket. Du kan isolera en kanal från gruppen tillfälligt med skift-klick-dra. Upp till 8 grupper kan definieras." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mute-knapp" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 -#, markdown-text msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förhindrar att användare hörs i din lokala mix. Var medveten om att när du tystar någon, kommer de att se en \"avstängd\" ikon ovanför din fader för att indikera att du inte kan höra dem. Observera också att du kommer att fortsätta att se deras VU-mätare röra sig om ljudet från den avstängda användaren når servern. Din faderposition för dem påverkas inte heller." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 -#, markdown-text msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Observera att om du tystar din **egen** kanal bara betyder det att du inte kommer att höra din signal från servern (och det rekommenderas inte eftersom det kan leda till att du blir otidsenlig med andra spelare). Detta är därför inte samma sak som att använda \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soloknapp" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 -#, markdown-text msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Låter dig höra en eller flera användare på egen hand. De som inte är solo kommer att stängas av. Observera också att de personer som inte är ensamma kommer att se en \"dämpad\" ikon ovanför din fader." #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningar" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Min profil" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 -#, markdown-text msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Från menyn Inställningar, välj \"Min profil...\" för att ställa in ditt Alias/namn som visas under din fader i serverns ljudmixerkort." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du ställer in ett instrument och/eller land, kommer även ikoner för dessa val att visas under din fader. Färdighetsinställningen ändrar bakgrundsfärgen för fader-taggen och stadsposten visas i verktygstipset för fader-taggen:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Skin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skal" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 -#, markdown-text msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta applicerar ett skal på huvudfönstret, varav några är designade för att rymma större ensembler." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudmätarstil" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 -#, markdown-text msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta ändrar ljudmätarnas visuella stil, oberoende av vald skal." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mixerrader" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -#, markdown-text msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta ställer in antalet rader som visas i serverljudmixern, för användning med större ensembler." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudvarningar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 -#, markdown-text msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta aktiverar en ljudvarning när någon ansluter sig till en server eller när du tar emot ett nytt chattmeddelande." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljud/nätverksinställningar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudenhet" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 -#, markdown-text msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Under Windows operativsystem kan ASIO-drivrutinen (ljudkortet) väljas med Jamulus. Om den valda ASIO-drivrutinen inte är giltig visas ett felmeddelande och den föregående giltiga drivrutinen väljs. Under macOS kan ingångs- och utgångshårdvaran väljas." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingångs-/utgångskanalmappning" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 -#, markdown-text msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om den valda ljudkortsenheten erbjuder mer än en ingångs- eller utgångskanal, är inställningarna _Input Channel Mapping och Output Channel Mapping_ synliga. För varje Jamulus ingångs-/utgångskanal (vänster och höger kanal) kan en annan verklig ljudkortskanal väljas." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudkanaler" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -#, markdown-text msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Väljer antalet ljudkanaler som ska användas för kommunikation mellan klient och server." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Obs**: Det är bättre att köra separata klientinstanser per röst/instrument, där varje klient har sin egen ini-fil, istället för att använda detta inbyggda monopar till stereomixer.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 -#, markdown-text msgid "There are three modes available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det finns tre tillgängliga lägen:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Mono** och **Stereo**-lägen använder en respektive två ljudkanaler.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" "the two input signals can be mixed to one mono channel but the server mix is heard in stereo.\n" msgstr "" +"**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: Ljudsignalen som skickas till servern är mono men retursignalen är stereo. Detta är användbart om ljudkortet har instrumentet på en ingångskanal och mikrofonen på den andra. Isåfall\n" +"de två ingångssignalerna kan mixas till en monokanal men servermixen hörs i stereo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 -#, markdown-text msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivering av stereoläge ökar din streams datahastighet. Se till att din uppladdningshastighet inte överstiger den tillgängliga uppladdningshastigheten för din internetanslutning." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 -#, markdown-text msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." -msgstr "" +msgstr "I stereostreamingläge kommer inget val av ljudkanal för efterklangseffekten att vara tillgängligt i huvudfönstret eftersom effekten appliceras på båda kanalerna i detta fall." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudkvalité" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 -#, markdown-text msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ju högre ljudkvalitet, desto högre datahastighet för din ljudström. Se till att din uppladdningshastighet inte överstiger den tillgängliga uppladdningshastigheten för din internetanslutning." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buffertfördröjning" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 -#, markdown-text msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buffertfördröjningsinställningen är en grundläggande inställning av Jamulus-programvaran. Denna inställning påverkar många anslutningsegenskaper. Tre buffertstorlekar stöds:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 -#, markdown-text msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**64 samples** Ger den lägsta latensen men fungerar inte med alla ljudkort." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 -#, markdown-text msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**128 samples** Den föredragna inställningen. Bör fungera för de flesta tillgängliga ljudkort." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 -#, markdown-text msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**256 samples** Bör endast användas på mycket långsamma datorer eller med en långsam internetanslutning." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 -#, markdown-text msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vissa ljudkortsdrivrutiner tillåter inte att buffertfördröjningen ändras från Jamulus-programvaran. I det här fallet är buffertfördröjningsinställningen inaktiverad och måste ändras med ljudkortsdrivrutinen. I Windows, tryck på ASIO Setup-knappen för att öppna panelen för drivrutinsinställningar." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 -#, markdown-text msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." -msgstr "" +msgstr "På Linux: - när du använder JACK, använd `QJackCtl` för att ändra buffertstorleken och starta om JACK; - när du använder PipeWires JACK-server, ändra PipeWires Quantum-parameter med sina egna konfigurationsverktyg." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 -#, markdown-text msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den faktiska buffertfördröjningen påverkar anslutningsstatusen, den aktuella uppladdningshastigheten och den totala fördröjningen. Ju lägre buffertstorlek, desto högre är sannolikheten för ett rött ljus i statusindikatorn (bortfall) och desto högre uppladdningshastighet och desto lägre är den totala fördröjningen." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 -#, markdown-text msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buffertinställningen är därför en kompromiss mellan ljudkvalitet och total fördröjning." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jitterbuffert" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 -#, markdown-text msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jitterbufferten kompenserar för nätverks- och ljudkorts timingjitter. Storleken på bufferten påverkar kvaliteten på ljudströmmen (hur många bortfall som inträffar) och den totala fördröjningen (ju längre buffert, desto högre fördröjning)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan ställa in jitterbuffertens storlek manuellt för din lokala klient och fjärrservern. För den lokala jitterbufferten indikeras bortfall i ljudströmmen av ljuset under jitterbuffertstorleksfadarna. Om lampan övergår till rött har ett buffertöverskridande/underskridande skett och ljudströmmen avbryts." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 -#, markdown-text msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställningen av jitterbuffert är därför en kompromiss mellan ljudkvalitet och total fördröjning." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 -#, markdown-text msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om Auto-inställningen är aktiverad, ställs jitterbuffertarna för din lokala klient och fjärrservern in automatiskt baserat på mätningar av nätverket och ljudkortets timingjitter. Om den automatiska kontrollen är aktiverad, är jitterbuffertstorleksfadarna inaktiverade (de kan inte flyttas med musen)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Små nätverksbuffertar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 -#, markdown-text msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillåter stöd för mycket små nätverksljudpaket. Dessa används endast om ljudkortets buffertfördröjning är mindre än 128 sampel. Ju mindre nätverksbuffertar, desto lägre ljudfördröjning. Men samtidigt ökar nätverksbelastningen och sannolikheten för ljudavbrott ökar också (särskilt om din nätverksanslutning har något betydande jitter). Försök att aktivera det här alternativet om du lider av hög latens eller dålig ljudkvalitet. Men att hålla den inaktiverad innebär normalt bättre ljudkvalitet." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudströmningshastighet" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 -#, markdown-text msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beror på aktuell ljudpaketstorlek och komprimeringsinställning. Se till att uppströmshastigheten inte är högre än din tillgängliga internetuppladdningshastighet (kontrollera detta med en tjänst som [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancerade inställningar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anpassade kataloger" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du behöver lägga till andra katalogadresser än de inbyggda kan du göra det här. Om du känner till IP-adressen eller värdnamnet för en anpassad katalog kan du ansluta till den med hjälp av fältet Servernamn/adress. Ett valfritt portnummer kan läggas till efter adressen med ett kolon som avgränsare, t.ex. `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Observera att IPv6 för närvarande inte stöds för kataloger.) Knappen som följer efter fältet gör att den aktuella posten kan tas bort från listan." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ny klientnivå" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" "to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" "that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" msgstr "" +"Den här inställningen definierar fadernivån för en nyligen ansluten klient i procent. Om en ny användare ansluter\n" +"till den aktuella servern kommer de att få den angivna initiala fadernivån om ingen annan fadernivå från en tidigare anslutning av\n" +"den användaren var redan lagrad. Du kan ställa in alla användare på en upptagen server till denna nivå genom att använda Redigera > \"Ställ in alla faders till ny klientnivå\".\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inmatnings boost" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 -#, markdown-text msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ökar din gain från din enhet. Använd detta om din enhet ger en förstärkning som är för tyst för Jamulus." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Återkopplingsskydd" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 -#, markdown-text msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Försöker att upptäcka ljudåterkopplingsslingor eller högt brus under de första tre sekunderna efter att du anslutit till en server. När den har upptäckts kommer den här funktionen att visa ett meddelande och aktivera knappen \"Stäng av mig själv\" för att stänga av dig i din egen mix.Feedback-skydd." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ingångsbalans" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 -#, markdown-text msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Styr de relativa nivåerna för vänster och höger lokala ljudkanaler. För en monosignal fungerar den som en panorering mellan de två kanalerna. Till exempel, om en mikrofon är ansluten till den högra ingångskanalen och ett instrument är anslutet till den vänstra ingångskanalen som är mycket starkare än mikrofonen, flytta ljudfadern för att öka den relativa volymen för mikrofonen." #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Menykommandon" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arkiv > Ladda/spara inställning av mixerkanaler" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan spara och återställa mixen du har för dina bandrepetitioner (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) och ladda dessa när som helst (även när du spelar). Laddar kan också göras genom att dra/släppa till mixerfönstret." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ändra > Autojustera alla faders " #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -#, markdown-text msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillämpar en engångsfaderinställning för varje kanal beroende på dess volym. Användbar för stora ensembler för att få en rimlig övergripande mix, även om individuella justeringar fortfarande kan vara nödvändiga. Appliceras bäst under en uppvärmning eller en enhetlig del av musikstycket." #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Du kan spara och ladda olika mixerinställningar med [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) och lagra dessa filer var du vill." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Obs för macOS-användare:** Från och med Jamulus 3.8.1 har vi ett signerat installationsprogram. Detta kommer att lagra inställningarna i \n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -msgstr "" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kommandoradsalternativ" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 -#, markdown-text msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De vanligaste funktionerna i Jamulus kan ställas in med hjälp av GUI, men dessa och andra kan också ställas in med alternativ som ges i ett terminalfönster. Exakt hur du gör detta beror på ditt operativsystem." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Till exempel i Windows, för att använda en specifik inställningsfil, högerklicka på Jamulus-genvägen och välj \"Egenskaper\" > Mål. Lägg till de nödvändiga argumenten till Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 -#, markdown-text msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För macOS, starta ett terminalfönster och kör Jamulus med önskade alternativ så här:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Styra klienten via API" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 -#, markdown-text msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förutom CLI kan Jamulus styras med hjälp av ett API. Detta är fördelaktigt för avancerade användningsfall - till exempel där det inte finns något GUI eller en annan applikation behöver interagera med Jamulus. Observera att API:et fortfarande är experimentellt. Information om [JSON-RPC API finns i huvudarkivet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 7820ec5af..4a10e6f80 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -1,189 +1,182 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Råd, dåd och mer" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Råd & dåd" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lära sig om fjärrbandrepetitioner" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus-användaren [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) har sammanställt en stor mängd information relaterad till [fjärrbandrepetitioner](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google-dokument), som täcker ämnen som hårdvaru- och mjukvarukonfiguration, inklusive exempel och råd för nybörjare inom området. Han inkluderar också en sektion om Jamulus i jämförelse med andra lösningar." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda Jamulusklienten" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ha en ostörd session på vilken server som helst" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan ha en ostörd session med andra personer på vilken server som helst genom att helt enkelt soloa varandra. Du kommer då inte att kunna höra någon annan som ansluter till din server." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**OBS:** Detta hindrar inte andra från att höra dig, använda chattfunktionen eller se din profilinformation.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda Jamulus-ljud i Zoom (eller andra) mötesappar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 -#, markdown-text msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flera användare har rapporterat framgång genom att tillåta en \"virtuell publik\" för en Jamulus-session genom att använda [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) för att dirigera Jamulus-signalen genom JackRouter till målapplikationen (i det här fallet Zoom-möten)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan också använda [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) för Windows eller [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) för macOS för att dirigera Jamulus-utgången till flera destinationer, till exempel till dina hörlurar och mötesapplikationen samtidigt." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spela in Jamulus på Windows med Reaper" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus-användaren [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) har skrivit en [guide för att spela in ljudet från Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) med hjälp av ReaRoute-tillägget för [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dela sång-/ackordblad" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus-användaren [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) har utvecklat ett system kallat [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), en webapplikation som låter en \"Jam-ledare\" skicka låtblad (i PDF-format) till \"Jammers\" i realtid via vanliga webbläsare." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Startskript för Jamulusklienten för Linux" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 -#, markdown-text msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Här är ett Linux-startskript för Jamulus med ett gammalt Audigy4-ljudkort, det stora antalet tillgängliga ljudfaders gör det svårt att få rätt inställningar." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 -#, markdown-text msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta skript innehåller därför de viktigaste ljudfaderinställningarna. Den andra delen av skriptet handlar om JACK-anslutningarna. Jag använder Guitarix som min gitarreffektprocessor som jag kopplar in i JACK-ljudvägen." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 -#, markdown-text msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Äntligen startar jag Jamulus och ansluter automatiskt till katalogen." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55 -#, markdown-text msgid "Here is the script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Här är skriptet:" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 @@ -213,108 +206,122 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" msgstr "" +" amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack' unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' capture 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Wave' 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' capture 100% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' capture 0%\n" +" guitarix &\n" +" /home/corrados/llcon/Jamulus -c myJamulusServer.domain.com &\n" +" sleep 3\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_1 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_2 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect system:capture_1 gx_head_amp:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_amp:out_0 gx_head_fx:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_0 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använder ctrlmidich för MIDI-kontroller" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -#, markdown-text msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Volymfader-, pan-kontroll- och mute- och soloknapparna i klientens mixerfönsterremsor kan styras med en MIDI-kontroller genom att använda parametern `--ctrlmidich` (obs: endast tillgänglig för användning med macOS och Linux med Jamulus version 3.7.0 eller högre, och på Windows som använder Jamulus-versionen med JACK-stöd). För att aktivera den här funktionen måste Jamulus startas med `--ctrlmidich`. Det finns en global MIDI-kanalparameter (1-16) och två parametrar du kan ställa in för varje kontrollerad post: `offset` och `konsekutiv CC-nummer`. Ställ in den första parametern på den kanal du vill att Jamulus ska lyssna på (0 för alla kanaler) och ange sedan de objekt du vill styra (f = volymfader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself ) med offset (CC-nummer att börja från) och antal på varandra följande CC-nummer. Det finns ett undantag som inte kräver att man upprättar på varandra följande CC-nummer vilket är kommandot \"Mute Myself\" - det kräver bara ett enda CC-nummer eftersom det bara tillämpas på ens egen ljudström. Ta följande exempel:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -#, markdown-text msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -#, markdown-text msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Här lyssnar Jamulus på MIDI-kanal 1. Volymfader-CC-nummer börjar på 0 och det finns 8 av dem (slutar alltså på CC-nummer 7). Panoreringskontrollerna börjar vid CC-nummer 16 och slutar vid 23; Solo 32 till 39 och Mute 48 till 55. Mute Myself är aktiverat/inaktiverat av CC-nummer 64." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Observera att för att funktionerna som styrs av knappar ska fungera korrekt, behöver din MIDI-kontroller knapparna vara inställda på \"växlingsläge\". Detta betyder att när den trycks för att 'slå på' en kontroll måste den skicka ett MIDI CC-nummer med ett värde >=64, och för att 'stänga av' kontrollen måste den skicka samma CC-nummer med ett värde <64. Du kan läsa din kontrollers manual för att ta reda på hur du ställer in detta.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Obs*: Jamulus ger ingen feedback om knapparnas på/av-läge, vilket innebär att din handkontroll måste hålla koll och växla lysdioder (om några) till \"på\" eller \"av\" själv.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -#, markdown-text msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faderremsor i mixerfönstret styrs i stigande ordning från vänster till höger. Om vi fortsätter med exemplet ovan, i remsa nummer 1 (längst till vänster), skulle volymfadern styras av CC nummer 0; panorera med 16; solo med 32 och mute med 48. Eftersom vi har specificerat 8 på varandra följande kontroller för varje parameter, skulle detta ge oss MIDI-kontroll över 8 remsor (volym, panorering, solo och mute i var och en) i mixerfönstret. Nästa remsa skulle styras av 1, 17, 33 och 49, och så vidare." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -#, markdown-text msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se till att du ansluter din MIDI-enhets utgångsport till Jamulus MIDI in-porten (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) eller vad du nu använder för att hantera anslutningar). I Linux måste du installera och starta a2jmidid så att din enhet dyker upp på MIDI-fliken i Qjackctl." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Tips*: När du aktiverar MIDI-kontroll i Jamulus, läggs varje användares namn före med en siffra, där användaren längst till vänster börjar på 0, sedan 1, etc. Med standardinställningar, när vissa användare lämnar och andra går med, deras vänster-höger arrangemanget i GUI kan sluta följa en numerisk ordning, vilket gör det svårare att veta vem varje fysisk fader/ratt på din MIDI-kontroller motsvarar. För att hålla faderremsorna i en numerisk ordning, gå till \"Visa\" på den övre menyraden och växla mellan \"Ingen användarsortering\" och ett annat alternativ och sedan tillbaka igen (t.ex. skriv `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O `).\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För serveradministratörer" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konvertera en registrerad server till en oregistrerad server i farten" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -#, markdown-text msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan köra som en registrerad server tillräckligt länge för att människor ska kunna ansluta och sedan gå till \"privat\" (oregistrerad) genom att ställa in katalogen på \"ingen\" i serverns GUI. Musiker kommer fortfarande att vara anslutna till servern tills de kopplar från. (Tack till [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) för detta tips!)" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fjärrhantering av inspelningar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus-användare [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) har skrivit ett [webbaserat fjärrverktyg](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) för att starta och stoppa inspelningar på Linux Servrar, så att du sedan kan ladda ner dem från din webbläsare. Se även [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) av [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), som också inkluderar ett serverinspelningsåterställningsskript." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa en serverstatussida" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 -#, markdown-text msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Med kommandoradsargumentet `-m` kan serverstatistik genereras för att läggas på en webbsida." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 -#, markdown-text msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Här är ett exempel på ett php-skript som använder serverstatusfilen för att visa den aktuella serverstatusen på en html-sida (förutsatt att följande kommandoradsargument ska användas: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 @@ -334,3 +341,16 @@ msgid "" "?>\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po index 1d0d0f1b7..3dd33a579 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -1,157 +1,148 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kör en oregistrerad server" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 -#, markdown-text msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mer\" branch1=\"Serveradministration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 -#, markdown-text msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det rekommenderas starkt att testa din server genom att registrera den på en av de inbyggda katalogerna **först**. Detta hjälper dig att lösa allmänna problem innan du försöker använda oregistrerat läge." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera en server bakom en hemmarouter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 -#, markdown-text msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du ställer in din server hemma, behöver du förmodligen ändra några inställningar i din router/brandvägg:" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Port forwarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Portvidarebefodran" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 -#, markdown-text msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Normalt sett kan personer utanför ditt hemnätverk inte se saker som finns inuti det. För att låta externa Jamulus-klienter ansluta till din server måste du ställa in portvidarebefordran i din routers inställningar. Den exakta inställningen skiljer sig åt för varje router. För hjälp, se din routers dokumentation eller [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Observera:** Standardporten för Jamulus är **UDP** (inte TCP) port **22124**. Du kommer vanligtvis att vidarebefordra port **22124** från utsidan av ditt nätverk till port **22124** på datorn som kör servern.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Getting the public IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hämta den offentliga IP-adressen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 -#, markdown-text msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att låta andra ansluta till din server från internet, ge dem din offentliga IP-adress. Du kan [ta reda på din nuvarande offentliga IP-adress med hjälp av Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). Du bör själv ansluta med den lokala nätverksadressen till den dator som servern körs på. Om du kör en klient på samma dator som din server, är adressen `localhost` eller `127.0.0.1`." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dynamisk DNS och varför du förmodligen kommer att behöva det" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 -#, markdown-text msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om din internetleverantör (ISP) inte ger dig en fast IP-adress, kan du upptäcka att din adress ändras över tid. Du kanske vill koppla din IP-adress till ett domännamn som du kan dela med andra genom att använda \"dynamisk DNS\" (DDNS). En \"dynamisk DNS\"-leverantör kan förse dig med domännamnet, och du håller din IP-adress uppdaterad hos leverantören. Din router kan ha stöd för vissa DDNS-leverantörer för att göra detta. Om så inte är fallet, kommer leverantören att ha instruktioner om hur du ställer in en dynamisk DNS-klient." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "DNS SRV record support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stöd för DNS SRV-poster" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 -#, markdown-text msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus-klienter stödjer [DNS SRV-poster (\"service\"-poster)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). Om en klient hittar en SRV-post kopplad till det domännamn som anges i anslutningsfönstret, kommer den att försöka ansluta till värden och porten som anges i SRV-posten. Denna process är liknande HTTP-omdirigering i en webbläsare, men sker mellan Jamulus-klienter och DNS-servern. Jamulus-servern är inte involverad i denna interaktion. Jamulus-servrar lyssnar bara efter anslutningar på den port som anges i SRV-posten." #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Why is this helpful?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varför är detta användbart?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 -#, markdown-text msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En Jamulus-klient kan ansluta till en server på en icke-standardport genom att specificera porten som en del av serveradressen. En serveradministratör kanske vill ge användare en enkel adress utan portdetaljer, samtidigt som de kör Jamulus på en icke-standardport. I detta fall kan portinformationen hämtas från en SRV-post." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 -#, markdown-text msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En adress som anges i anslutningsfönstret kan se ut som ```jamulus.example.com```. Om en SRV-post hittas för denna DNS-domän, kommer Jamulus-klienten att försöka ansluta till servern på den värd:port som anges i SRV-posten, till exempel ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 -#, markdown-text msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om inga SRV-poster hittas på DNS-servern kommer en klient att försöka ansluta till servern som specificerat i anslutningsfönstret." #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Creating SRV records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa SRV-poster" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 -#, markdown-text msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SRV-poster skapas av administratören för den domän som används för att vara värd för Jamulus-servern. SRV-posterna läggs till via administrationsportalen (eller API om det finns tillgängligt) för domänens DNS-hostingtjänst. Formatet för SRV-postinmatningen kan variera beroende på DNS-hostingtjänsten, men ser generellt ut ungefär så här." #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 @@ -163,40 +154,42 @@ msgid "" " \n" " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" msgstr "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # eller mer specifikt\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Observera:** Du kan vara värd för många Jamulus-servrar på olika portar på en värd genom att ge varje server sin egen SRV-post.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 -#, markdown-text msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se dokumentationen från din DNS-leverantör för instruktioner om hur du skapar en SRV-post." #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Example use case with SRV records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på användningsfall med SRV-poster" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 -#, markdown-text msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta exempel förutsätter att DNS innehåller en A- eller CNAME-post som löser till ```server1.example.com```, där tre Jamulus-serverinstanser körs, var och en lyssnar på en av de tre portarna som listas nedan." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 -#, markdown-text msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alternativt kan `server1.example.com` vara en router, NAT-gateway eller lastbalanserare som vidarebefordrar var och en av portarna till en backend Jamulus-server (eller servrar)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" "| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" @@ -204,9 +197,14 @@ msgid "" "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" msgstr "" +"| JAMULUS KLIENT | DNS SRV POSTER | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 -#, markdown-text, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Det är viktigt att komma ihåg att DNS inte vidarebefordrar anslutningar. Det talar helt enkelt om för Jamulus-klienten vilken offentlig värd:port den ska ansluta till.*\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/copyright.po index 43859214a..b6ba1ffb2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/copyright.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/copyright.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer asio #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ASIO®-kompatibel - ASIO är ett varumärke och programvara från Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" #. type: Hash Value: nav docs #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Denna dokumentation är licensierad under CC BY-SA" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/general.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/general.po index afdc57068..e2f01429f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/general.po @@ -1,118 +1,118 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus Facebook grupp" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus GitHub repo" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hjälp och support" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and
contributors - want to get involved?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mjukvara av Volker Fischer och contributors - vill du engagera dig?" #. type: Hash Value: kb by #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" -msgstr "" +msgstr "av" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diskutera innehållet" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kommentarer" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kunskapsbas för communityn
Tveka inte att lägga till din egen artikel!" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Översikt över kunskapsdatabasen" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More pages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fler sidor" #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ny sida via GutHub" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Read more..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Läsa mer..." #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" -msgstr "" +msgstr "– Jamulus kunskapsdatabas" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus ikon. Länk till hemsidan" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Open navigation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Öppna navigering" #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Din webbläsare har JavaScript inaktiverat. Det är helt okej. Denna webbplats är utformad för att ge grundläggande funktionalitet utan JavaScript. Genom att aktivera JavaScript kan du få tillgång till ytterligare funktioner på webbplatsen." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "– Jamulus websida" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/navigation.po index d0418b772..5f3510fc2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/navigation.po @@ -1,166 +1,166 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Daniel , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Komma igång" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "macOS" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användarmanual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felsökning" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Hash Value: nav title #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servermanual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Råd & dåd" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kunskapsbas för communityn" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "post" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/kb/index.html" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/kb/index.html" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integritetspolicy" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Hash Value: nav title #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mer" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po index 150b80d71..e60e09e79 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po @@ -7,13 +7,14 @@ # Temparo , 2024. # Colgrave , 2024. # Gary Wang , 2024. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-07-12 09:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gary Wang \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 00:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 让您的朋友、乐队或您在网上找到的任何人一起 #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus is international" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 是国际化的" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 7c19edef1..f1748e33a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-09-12 04:52+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -78,17 +79,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" +#, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" -msgstr "### 没有听到任何声音/其他人没有听到你的声音?" +msgstr "没有听到任何声音/其他人没有听到你的声音?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 @@ -103,10 +102,9 @@ msgstr "**Windows 用户 (ASIO4ALL)**:如果您使用的是 ASIO4ALL 驱动程 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" -msgstr "### 没有看到您刚刚连接到 PC 的耳机或麦克风?" +msgstr "没有看到您刚刚连接到 PC 的耳机或麦克风?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29 @@ -115,10 +113,9 @@ msgstr "只需在设备接通电源的情况下重新启动 Jamulus。Jamulus #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" +#, no-wrap msgid "Your sound is stuttering" -msgstr "### 你的声音断断续续" +msgstr "你的声音断断续续" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33 @@ -127,10 +124,9 @@ msgstr "您的音频设备可能无法使用您选择的缓冲区大小。在 Ja #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +#, no-wrap msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" -msgstr "### 你们听起来都不错,但很难保持在一起" +msgstr "你们听起来都不错,但很难保持在一起" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 @@ -180,10 +176,9 @@ msgstr "请注意,虽然收听服务器的信号将确保您与其他音乐家 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" -msgstr "### 无法确定您的麦克风设置?" +msgstr "无法确定您的麦克风设置?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54 @@ -192,10 +187,9 @@ msgstr "在演奏其他乐器时使用麦克风时,您可以在设置中使用 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" -msgstr "### 缓冲区 LED 突然变红、断电、[抖动](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter)、奇怪的声音?" +msgstr "缓冲区 LED 突然变红、断电、[抖动](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter)、奇怪的声音?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 @@ -204,10 +198,9 @@ msgstr "您的计算机可能负载过大。尽量不要在您的机器上与 Ja #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +#, no-wrap msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" -msgstr "### Ping 时间和延迟开始良好,然后变得更糟,导致问题" +msgstr "Ping 时间和延迟开始良好,然后变得更糟,导致问题" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 @@ -216,10 +209,9 @@ msgstr "这可能表明有其他东西在你的网络上与 Jamulus 竞争,所 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" -msgstr "### 对软件通道、音频路由、采样率等感到沮丧?" +msgstr "对软件通道、音频路由、采样率等感到沮丧?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 @@ -228,10 +220,9 @@ msgstr "拥有一个 [混音台](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_ #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" -msgstr "### 有人加入你的乐队,声音太大了吗?" +msgstr "有人加入你的乐队,声音太大了吗?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 @@ -240,10 +231,9 @@ msgstr "您可以将“新客户端级别”设置为较低的值(例如 10), #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" -msgstr "### 看不到你想加入的服务器?" +msgstr "看不到你想加入的服务器?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74 @@ -252,10 +242,9 @@ msgstr "首先检查您是否在“连接”窗口中选择了正确的流派服 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" -msgstr "### 根本看不到服务器列表?" +msgstr "根本看不到服务器列表?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 @@ -271,49 +260,48 @@ msgstr "在某些情况下,可能是您的 ISP 阻止了您使用 Jamulus。 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收到错误消息,提示“无法打开 \"Jamulus\",因为无法验证开发者" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您使用的是 Jamulus 的 \"旧版\" (因为您运行的是旧版 macOS)或中间版本,则第一次运行 Jamulus 时,您将看到一条消息,提示无法打开。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要打开 Jamulus" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过访达前往应用程序文件夹" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "双击 Jamulus 并等待上述消息" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 \"取消\" 关闭此消息" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在按住 Control 键并点击(或右键单击)Jamulus,然后从菜单顶部选择 \"打开\"。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后您将获得同一消息的略有不同的版本,您可以点击“打开”。从那时起,您可以以正常方式运行 Jamulus,并且该消息不会再出现。有关此警告的更多信息,请参阅 此[苹果支持页面](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac) 。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" -msgstr "### 在 Jamulus 中使用 Garageband(或其他 DAW)时遇到问题?" +msgstr "在 Jamulus 中使用 Garageband (或其他 DAW)时遇到问题?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 @@ -322,10 +310,9 @@ msgstr "参见 [本论坛讨论](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/5335 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" -msgstr "### 使用 Mac 并且您的输入没有被听到?" +msgstr "使用 Mac 并且您的输入没有被听到?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 @@ -340,6 +327,9 @@ msgid "" "* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" "* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" msgstr "" +"也许您没有对“Jamulus 想要访问您的麦克风”提示选择“是”。要解决此问题:\n" +"* 转到“首选项”>“安全和隐私”>“隐私”选项卡\n" +"* 在左侧找到“麦克风”,然后确保在右侧列表中启用了“Jamulus”\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Command-Line-Options.po index cfff57cda..f00737e93 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -3,24 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-30 06:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 @@ -42,17 +44,15 @@ msgstr "Jamulus – 命令行选项" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Command Line Options" +#, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" -msgstr "# 命令行选项" +msgstr "命令行选项" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Shared commands" +#, no-wrap msgid "Shared commands" -msgstr "##共享的命令" +msgstr "共享的命令" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 @@ -61,10 +61,9 @@ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Client only commands" +#, no-wrap msgid "Client only commands" -msgstr "## 仅客户端命令" +msgstr "仅客户端命令" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 @@ -73,15 +72,14 @@ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Server only commands" +#, no-wrap msgid "Server only commands" -msgstr "## 仅服务器命令" +msgstr "仅服务器命令" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看 [运行服务器](Running-a-Server#服务器模式相关选项)" #~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" #~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Contribution.po index a4311ec6c..308c2c484 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Contribution.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 @@ -43,24 +44,21 @@ msgstr "贡献" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +#, no-wrap msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "# 为 Jamulus 项目做贡献" +msgstr "为 Jamulus 项目做贡献" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." +#, no-wrap msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" -msgstr "如果您在本网站或 Jamulus 本身中发现错误、拼写错误或过时的内容(任何语言),您可以 将其提升为错误 。" +msgstr "如果您在本网站或 Jamulus 本身中发现错误、拼写错误或过时的内容(任何语言),您可以 将其提升为错误 。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." +#, no-wrap msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" -msgstr "如果您认为某些文档或信息丢失或可以改进, 在此论坛 上发布相关信息,以便首先讨论。" +msgstr "如果您认为某些文档或信息丢失或可以改进, 在此论坛 上发布相关信息,以便首先讨论。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 @@ -69,10 +67,9 @@ msgstr "我们使用 [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#lang #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Want to contribute code?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Want to contribute code?" -msgstr "## 想贡献代码?" +msgstr "想贡献代码?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Directories.po index 93ef11e8b..1e1675721 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Directories.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 @@ -44,35 +45,29 @@ msgstr "目录" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"服务器管理\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Running a Directory" +#, no-wrap msgid "Running a Directory" -msgstr "# 运行目录" +msgstr "运行目录" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." -msgstr "这是一个专门的 Jamulus 服务器配置,如 [服务器类型](Running-a-Server#服务器类型) 中所述。" +msgstr "这是一个专门的 Jamulus 服务器配置,如 [服务器模式](Running-a-Server#服务器模式) 中所述。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +#, no-wrap msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" -msgstr "要查看自定义目录列出的服务器,用户必须在其客户端的设置 > 高级设置 > 自定义目录字段中输入该目录的地址。如果需要,可以通过这种方式添加多个地址。自定义目录随后将出现在其“连接”窗口的“目录”下拉列表中。自定义目录以与公共目录相同的方式为客户端工作,显示向它们注册的服务器列表。" +msgstr "要查看自定义目录列出的服务器,用户必须在其客户端的设置 > 高级设置 > 自定义目录字段中输入该目录的地址。如果需要,可以通过这种方式添加多个地址。自定义目录随后将出现在其“连接”窗口的“目录”下拉列表中。自定义目录以与公共目录相同的方式为客户端工作,显示向它们注册的服务器列表。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "要将服务器作为目录运行,它应该使用 `--directoryserver` 选项启动,以使其自身(即 `localhost` 或 `127.0.0.1`)成为查询服务器的目录。" +msgstr "要将服务器作为目录运行,它应该使用 `--directoryaddress` 选项启动,以使其自身(即 `localhost` 或 `127.0.0.1`)成为查询服务器的目录。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 @@ -81,10 +76,9 @@ msgstr "使用 GUI 运行服务器时,将“选项”选项卡中的“自定 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +#, no-wrap msgid "Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "### 关于目录的注意事项" +msgstr "关于目录的注意事项" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/FAQ.po index f1fbb17b5..bcb4ceabd 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/FAQ.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-09-12 04:52+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -46,7 +47,7 @@ msgstr "常见问题" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 常见问题解答" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 @@ -78,10 +79,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" +#, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 @@ -91,17 +91,14 @@ msgstr "**有关使用 Jamulus 时的常见问题及其解决方案,请参阅 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" -msgstr "### 是否有节拍器、同步或其他保持时间的方式?" +msgstr "是否有节拍器、同步或其他保持时间的方式?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." -msgstr "不会。Jamulus 服务器上的音乐家可以实时一起演奏,就像他们亲自演奏一样。如果你想有时间信号,那么网上有共享节拍器的解决方案你可以试试。但最好只是尽量减少延迟,这样就没有人有超过 30-50 毫秒的整体延迟。" +msgstr "不是的。在 Jamulus 服务器上的音乐家们实时一起演奏,就像他们当面演奏一样。如果您想要一个时间信号,互联网上有共享节拍器的解决方案您可以尝试。但可能最好的方法是尽量减少延迟,这样没有人的整体延迟超过约 30 - 50 毫秒。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 @@ -110,10 +107,9 @@ msgstr "还请记住,所有参与者都应遵循 [黄金法则](/wiki/Client-T #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +#, no-wrap msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" -msgstr "### 我如何知道我是否可以加入服务器?有规则吗?" +msgstr "我如何知道我是否可以加入服务器?有规则吗?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 @@ -122,17 +118,14 @@ msgstr "如果有人在 Jamulus 内置的目录之一上列出了服务器,他 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." -msgstr "另请注意,服务器不必在目录上注册以便 Jamulus 客户端连接到它们。服务器运营商只需将他们的服务器地址提供给他们想使用的人,然后他们就可以直接连接。查看 [此概述了解更多信息](/wiki/Running-a-Server#服务器类型)。" +msgstr "还请注意,服务器不必在目录中注册,Jamulus 客户端也能连接到它们。服务器操作员可以将其服务器的地址提供给他们想要一起演奏的人,然后他们可以直接连接。查看 [此概述以获取更多信息](/wiki/Running-a-Server#服务器模式) 。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" -msgstr "### 为什么我不应该使用无线设备?" +msgstr "为什么我不应该使用无线设备?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 @@ -146,10 +139,9 @@ msgstr "因此,尽量减少任何延迟源或信号的其他问题是有意义 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" -msgstr "### 为什么我不应该听自己的信号?" +msgstr "为什么我不应该听自己的信号?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 @@ -163,24 +155,20 @@ msgstr "当然,如果您正在演奏原声乐器,或者是歌手,则很难 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" -msgstr "### 我需要一个快速的网络吗?" +msgstr "我需要一个快速的网络吗?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." -msgstr "不,特别是如果您不运行服务器来托管其他音乐家。低 ping 更重要。对于大多数使用标准宽带(例如 10 Mbit/s 下行和 1 Mbit/s 上行)的人来说,您不会有任何问题。对于那些在家里运行服务器的人,根据加入的人数,如果您的 _upstream_ 带宽低于约 5 Mbit/s,您可能会遇到问题。" +msgstr "不,尤其是如果您不运行服务器来招待其他音乐家的话。低延迟更重要。大多数使用标准宽带(例如 10 Mbit/s 下载和 1 Mbit/s 上传)的人都不会有问题。对于那些在家运行服务器的人,根据加入的人数,如果您的 _上行_ 带宽低于约 5 Mbit/s,您可能会遇到问题。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "### 我需要运行服务器吗?" +msgstr "我需要运行服务器吗?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 @@ -189,17 +177,15 @@ msgstr "不,如果您只是想连接到其他人的服务器,那么您只需 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +#, no-wrap msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" -msgstr "### Jamulus 是如何工作的(一般来说)?" +msgstr "Jamulus 是如何工作的 (一般来说)?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "\"Diagram" +#, no-wrap msgid "\"Diagram\n" -msgstr "\"Jamulus" +msgstr "\"Jamulus\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 @@ -208,10 +194,9 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 遵循客户端-服务器原则。每个人的音频都被发送 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" -msgstr "### 为什么 Jamulus 不提供视频支持?" +msgstr "为什么 Jamulus 不提供视频支持?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 @@ -220,31 +205,25 @@ msgstr "添加视频支持会增加很多复杂性。如果您想在播放时看 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Server FAQ" +#, no-wrap msgid "Server FAQ" -msgstr "## 服务器常见问题" +msgstr "服务器常见问题解答" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" -msgstr "### 为什么已注册服务器不需要端口转发?" +msgstr "为什么已注册服务器不需要端口转发?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." -msgstr "通常,网络地址转换 (NAT) 防火墙会阻止从本地网络外部发起的传入请求。入站流量仅适用于与出站请求相关的数据包(严格来说,“相关”和“已建立”数据包与初始出站连接)。在注册服务器模式下,当您的 Jamulus 服务器连接到目录时,它当然会启动出站连接。从那时起,目录会定期向您的服务器发送(已建立/相关的)连接“ping”(不是 ICMP ping),以保持路由器/防火墙上的相关 NAT 端口打开。" +msgstr "通常,网络地址转换(NAT)会阻止来自本地网络外部发起的传入请求。只有与出站请求相关的数据包(严格来说,是与初始出站连接“相关”和“已建立”的数据包)才能进行入站流量。在注册服务器模式下,您的 Jamulus 服务器在连接到目录时会发起出站连接。从那时起,目录会定期向您的服务器发送(已建立/相关)连接 “ping”(不是 ICMP ping),以保持您路由器上的相关端口打开。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." -msgstr "但是,在未注册模式下,客户端必须 **发起** 连接到服务器的网络。 NAT 防火墙阻止了这种情况,因此您需要告诉他们使用端口转发允许 Jamulus 端口上的传入连接请求。" +msgstr "然而,要连接到未注册的服务器,每个客户端都必须发起对服务器网络的连接。NAT 会阻止这种情况,因此您需要配置路由器,使用端口转发在 Jamulus 端口上允许传入连接请求。" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po index b1aaea663..027eeb209 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 00:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -85,14 +86,7 @@ msgstr "要让 Jamulus 与您的操作系统一起工作,请遵循您平台的 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| " Windows\n" -#| " macOS\n" -#| " Linux\n" -#| "
\n" -#| "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " Windows\n" @@ -106,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) 和 [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) 也可以使用,但仍被认为是实验性的._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) 和 [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) 也可以使用,但仍处于实验阶段。_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 @@ -145,7 +139,7 @@ msgid "" "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" "
连接服务器前的主窗口
\n" "
\n" @@ -170,7 +164,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" "
让人们知道你是谁 are
\n" "
\n" @@ -211,7 +205,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"连接窗口的屏幕截图\"\n" +" \"连接窗口的屏幕截图\"\n" "
Connect to a Server
\n" "
\n" @@ -246,7 +240,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" "
连接到服务器时的主窗口
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Backing-Up.po index 3102108bb..340055eee 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -2,26 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" +#, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po index 49b600449..4ff22e9d6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ msgstr "`-M` 或 `--mutestream` 防止服务器上的其他人听到我播放的 #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" msgstr "`--mutemyown` 阻止我听到我在服务器混音中播放的内容(仅限 headless)" @@ -41,14 +39,10 @@ msgstr "`-j` 或 `--nojackconnect` 禁用自动 JACK 连接" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 要监听的 MIDI 控制器通道,控制编号偏移和连续 CC 编号(通道)以及 Mute Myself CC 编号。格式:`channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` 见[提示和技巧](Tips-Tricks-More#将-ctrlmidich-用于-midi-控制器)\n" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 要监听的 MIDI 控制器通道,控制编号偏移和连续 CC 编号(通道)以及 Mute Myself CC 编号。格式:`channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` 见[提示和技巧](Tips-Tricks-More#将-ctrlmidich-用于-midi-控制器)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" -msgstr "`--clientname` 窗口标题和 JACK 客户端名称\n" +msgstr "`--clientname`窗口标题和 JACK 客户端名称" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po index a72e9320c..af0359a0c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` 者 `--help` 显示帮助文本" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` 或 `--inifile` 设置初始化文件的位置(覆盖默认值。在 macOS 上只需提供文件名,因为配置文件只能从 `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/` 读取。对于服务器,将 `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` 替换为 `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`。在 Finder 的“显示视图选项”中打开“显示库文件夹”以查看此文件夹。)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 @@ -39,57 +39,43 @@ msgstr "`-n` 或 `--nogui` 禁用 GUI(用于 headless 模式)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" -msgstr "`-p` 或 `--port` 设置本地 UDP 端口号。默认为 22124\n" +msgstr "`-p` 或 `--port` 设置本地 UDP 端口号。默认为 22124" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." -msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` 启用 JSON-RPC API 服务器来控制应用程序,设置 TCP 端口号(实验性,API 可能会更改;只能从 localhost 访问)。请参阅 [JSON-RPC API 文档文件](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。\n" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` 启用 JSON-RPC API 服务器来控制应用程序,设置 TCP 端口号(实验性,API 可能会更改;只能从 localhost 访问)。请参阅 [JSON-RPC API 文档文件](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." -msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` 使用 `--jsonrpcport` 时需要。设置包含用于访问 JSON-RPC API 的身份验证字符串的文本文件的路径。\n" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` 使用 `--jsonrpcport` 时需要。设置包含用于访问 JSON-RPC API 的身份验证字符串的文本文件的路径。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip` JSON-RPC 服务器应绑定到的 IP 地址。(可选,默认为 127.0.0.1)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" -msgstr "`-Q` 或 `--qos` 设置服务质量 DS 字段字节。默认值为 128 (DSCP/CS4)。 QoS 被 Windows 忽略。要启用它,[查看此页面](QOS-Windows)\n" +msgstr "`-Q` 或 `--qos` 设置服务质量 DS 字段字节。默认值为 128 (DSCP/CS4)。 QoS 被 Windows 忽略。要启用它,[查看此页面](QOS-Windows)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" -msgstr "`-t` 或 `--notranslation` 禁用 UI 语言翻译\n" +msgstr "`-t` 或 `--notranslation`禁用 UI 语言翻译" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" -msgstr "`-6` 或 `--enableipv6` 启用 IPv6 寻址(始终启用 IPv4)\n" +msgstr "`-6` 或 `--enableipv6` 启用 IPv6 寻址(始终启用 IPv4)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" -msgstr "`-v` 或 `--version` 输出版本信息并退出\n" +msgstr "`-v` 或 `--version` 输出版本信息并退出" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Android.po index f619c1002..00103e69e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Linux.po index 78b9a1d5f..5538135b1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -67,30 +68,29 @@ msgstr "**升级?**您可能需要先 [备份您的配置](Software-Manual#备 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**安装服务器?** 请先阅读[服务器管理员指南](Running-a-Server)。\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" +#, no-wrap msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "### Debian 和 Ubuntu" +msgstr "Debian 和 Ubuntu" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用官方存储库(推荐)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们为基于 Debian 和 Ubuntu 的发行版提供了一个存储库,允许与其他系统更新一起自动更新。要使用存储库:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开你的终端(CTRL+ALT+T 应该有效)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 @@ -101,48 +101,46 @@ msgstr "*仅限 Ubuntu* - 启用 Ubuntu“universe”存储库(您可以使用 [ #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载存储库安装脚本:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使脚本可执行:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行安装脚本并安装 Jamulus:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动安装 .deb 文件" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" -msgstr "[下载 Jamulus 32 位 (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [下载 Jamulus 64 位 (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" +msgstr "下载适合您的架构的 Jamulus: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 @@ -151,10 +149,8 @@ msgstr "通过打开命令行窗口更新 apt(CTRL+ALT+T 应该可以)并输入: #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" -msgstr "转到下载安装程序的位置并双击它,或使用命令行: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgstr "转到下载安装程序的位置并双击它,或使用命令行: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (或用于 Raspberry Pi 等,如上所示)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 @@ -163,10 +159,9 @@ msgstr "安装后,您可以删除该文件并关闭命令行窗口。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" -msgstr "**升级:**如果您需要将 Jamulus 升级到较新的版本,只需下载新的 .deb 文件并按上述方式重新安装即可。\n" +msgstr "**升级:** 如果您需要将 Jamulus 升级到较新的版本并手动安装 Jamulus,只需下载新的 .deb 文件并按照上述步骤重新安装。\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 @@ -188,7 +183,7 @@ msgstr "设置你的硬件" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 客户端需要连接到正在运行的 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) 服务器才能启动。您需要找出哪个是适合您的发行版的低延迟声音服务器。- 如果您的发行版使用 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/),请参阅如何 [使用 QjackCtl 配置 JACK](Installation-for-Linux#使用-qjackctl-配置-jack)。- 如果您的发行版使用 PipeWire,请参阅如何 [配置 PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#配置-pipewire)。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 @@ -198,64 +193,54 @@ msgstr "使用 QjackCtl 配置 JACK" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgstr "Jamulus 客户端需要 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) 才能运行,但您需要先配置它。推荐的方法是使用`QjackCtl`。" +msgstr "要运行 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) 服务器,推荐的方法是使用 `QjackCtl` 。" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." -msgstr "启动 QjackCtl。您将看到 **Qt JACK Control 实用程序主页**" +msgstr "启动 QjackCtl。您将看到 **Qt JACK Control 实用程序主页**。" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按以下步骤配置声音硬件:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." -msgstr "将音频 **接口** 设置为您想要的(列表中可能有几个)" +msgstr "将音频 **接口** 设置为您想要的 (列表中可能有多个 - 选择正确的一个,因为如果不停止 Jamulus 和 JACK 就无法更改它)。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." -msgstr "将**采样率设置为 48000**" +msgstr "将**采样率设置为 48000**。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." -msgstr "首先将“帧/周期”设置为 128**,将“周期/缓冲区”设置为 2" +msgstr "首先将 **帧/周期”设置为 128** ,将 **周期/缓冲区** 设置为 2" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "重新启动 JACK 以使新设置生效,然后从下面的 [启动 Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#启动-jamulus) 部分继续。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure PipeWire" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置 PipeWire" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PipeWire 提供了自己的 JACK 服务器。启动 Jamulus 客户端时,PipeWire 会自动运行 JACK 服务器。但是,需要调整一些参数。您需要将音频接口设置为“专业音频”配置文件,并预先定义 PipeWire 的“速率”和“量子”参数。您可以在 [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server) 中找到有关配置的更多信息。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置系统: 1. 打开 `pavucontrol`(音频混合器),在配置选项卡中为声音硬件选择 \"pro-audio \"配置文件。 2. 在终端中使用以下两条命令强制 PipeWire 的速率和量子:" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 @@ -264,11 +249,13 @@ msgid "" "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此后,从下面的 [启动 Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#启动-jamulus) 部分继续。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 @@ -278,15 +265,13 @@ msgstr "启动 Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." -msgstr "随着 JACK 的运行和配置,启动 Jamulus。" +msgstr "配置 JACK 或 PipeWire 后,启动 Jamulus。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您遇到任何问题,请首先检查[故障排除页面](Client-Troubleshooting)。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index c33223fff..fd834facc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -71,6 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" +"1. [下载 Jamulus (通用版本)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **镜像 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **安装 Jamulus**: 打开下载的 `.dmg` 文件,同意许可,将窗口中看到的每个图标(Jamulus 客户端和服务器)*拖放* 到您的应用程序文件夹*。之后,您可以关闭此窗口。\n" +"1. **运行 Jamulus**. 现在您应该能够像使用任何其他应用程序一样使用 Jamulus。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 @@ -81,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "_您可以删除下载目录中包含 `.dmg` 的文件夹,然后在桌 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意:** 您可以在 [GitHub 发布页面](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases) 上找到支持过时操作系统的旧版本 (遗留版本)。\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Windows.po index a7db004c5..eb2afaf70 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -64,22 +65,24 @@ msgstr "升级?您可能需要先 [备份您的配置](Software-Manual#备份- #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." -msgstr "**下载并安装 ASIO 驱动程序**。尝试使用硬件制造商提供的驱动程序。如果你找不到,或者你没有外置声卡,你可能需要安装 ASIO4ALL。有关更多信息,请向下滚动到 [ASIO](#asio) 部分。\n" +msgstr "**下载并安装 ASIO 驱动程序**。尝试使用硬件制造商提供的驱动程序。如果你找不到,或者你没有外置声卡,你可能需要安装 ASIO4ALL。有关更多信息,请向下滚动到 [ASIO](#asio) 部分。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" "1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" -msgstr "**安装 Jamulus**:双击安装程序以启动它。如果您从 SmartScreen 收到警告通知,请单击“更多信息”和“仍然运行”以安装 Jamulus。 (如果您获得了 Jamulus 的新版本并且是第一批下载它的人之一,那么 Jamulus 不会被 SmartScreen 列入白名单。我们不为代码签名付费。)\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [下载 Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **镜像 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **安装 Jamulus**: 双击安装程序以启动它。如果您收到 SmartScreen 的警告通知,请点击“更多信息”和“仍然运行”来安装 Jamulus。(如果您获取了 Jamulus 的新版本并且是首批下载的用户之一,Jamulus 可能尚未被 SmartScreen 列入白名单。我们没有为代码签名付费。)\n" +"1. **运行 Jamulus**. 现在您应该能够像使用其他任何应用程序一样使用 Jamulus 了。\n" +"1. **设置您的声卡**。完成后,您需要设置您的音频硬件。如果您正在使用 ASIO4ALL,请查看下面如何进行设置。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 @@ -88,17 +91,15 @@ msgstr "_请注意,在未获得 [Steinberg 的许可协议](https://www.steinb #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -msgstr "如果您不想使用 ASIO 或者更喜欢 [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), 也可以使用 [JACK 版本的 Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." +msgstr "**注意:** 如果您不想使用 ASIO 或者更喜欢 [Windows 上的 JACK](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})。您可以在 [GitHub 发布页面](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases) 上找到支持过时操作系统的旧的(遗留)版本。.\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## ASIO" +#, no-wrap msgid "ASIO" -msgstr "## ASIO" +msgstr "ASIO" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 @@ -137,10 +138,9 @@ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL 网站](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"n #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" +#, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" -msgstr "### 设置 ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "设置 ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 @@ -160,24 +160,19 @@ msgstr "在开始使用 Jamulus 之前:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." -msgstr "**关闭所有应用程序**(尤其是那些可以访问您的声卡的应用程序,例如您的浏览器/媒体播放器)。 ASIO4ALL 需要独占访问您的声卡,这意味着如果 ASIO4ALL 和 Jamulus 正在运行,其他程序将无法使用音频。\n" +msgstr "**关闭所有应用程序** (尤其是那些可以访问您的声卡的应用程序,例如您的浏览器/媒体播放器)。 ASIO4ALL 需要独占访问您的声卡,这意味着如果 ASIO4ALL 和 Jamulus 正在运行,其他程序将无法使用音频。" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" -msgstr "如果 Jamulus 音频无法开箱即用,请确保只有 ASIO4ALL 中的**正确的输入/输出**被打开**。其他一切都应该关闭。在 [ASIO4ALL 配置的社区列表](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) 中搜索您的配置,如果找不到您的配置,请手动进行:\n" +msgstr "如果 Jamulus 音频无法开箱即用,请确保只有 ASIO4ALL 中的**正确的输入/输出**被打开**。其他一切都应该关闭。在 [ASIO4ALL 配置的社区列表](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) 中搜索您的配置,如果找不到您的配置,请手动进行:" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +#, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" -msgstr "### 如何设置 ASIO4ALL 输入 (指南)" +msgstr "如何设置 ASIO4ALL 输入 (指南)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 @@ -218,6 +213,10 @@ msgid "" "1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" "1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" msgstr "" +"**提示:**\n" +"1. 正确的声音设备叫什么可能并不明显。许多内置声卡被命名为 \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" 或类似的名称。\n" +"1. 耳机和扬声器通常被标记为 \"输出\" 麦克风被标记为 \"输入\" 或 \"捕获\".\n" +"1. 立体声混音/立体声输入通常不是您要找的输入/输出。因此,如果您看到它,请将其关闭。\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-iOS.po index 3d99cf2c3..d687b30a5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-08 13:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -79,20 +80,18 @@ msgstr "如果您不为 Apple 开发者帐户付费,Jamulus 最多只能运行 #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "如果一切设置正确,iOS 上的 Jamulus 在新设备上运行良好。但是,我们强烈建议您使用音频接口和 USB 以太网适配器。要将它们连接到您的iOS设备,您应该使用[闪电转USB相机适配器](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning 到 USB 相机适配器)和(供电)USB 集线器之类的东西。" +msgstr "如果一切设置正确,iOS 上的 Jamulus 运行良好。但是,我们强烈建议您使用音频接口和 USB 以太网适配器。如果您拥有一台具有 Lightning 端口而非 USB-C 的旧设备,则可以使用 [Lightning 转 USB 相机适配器](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) 之类的设备以及(有源)USB 集线器。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您必须在无线网络上使用 Jamulus,您应该选择蜂窝(5G)连接而不是 WiFi。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." -msgstr "" +msgstr "非官方 Jamulus 兼容应用程序(例如 [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) 可在 AppStore 上获取,但可能不具备与官方 Jamulus 版本相同的功能。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 @@ -109,12 +108,12 @@ msgstr "**注意**:我们提供了一个未签名的 .ipa 文件,您需要对 #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[在PC/Mac上下载Jamulus (.ipa)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" +msgstr "[在PC/Mac 上下载 Jamulus (.ipa)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" -msgstr "签署 .ipa 文件(例如,通过 Xcode 或其他一些**受信任的**应用程序。我们不会在这里给出建议,但每个操作系统都有应用程序)" +msgstr "签署 .ipa 文件(例如,通过 Xcode 或其他一些 **受信任的** 应用程序。我们不会在这里给出建议,但每个操作系统都有应用程序)" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 @@ -134,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr "如果您使用免费的开发者帐户,7 天后您将需要重新签 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." -msgstr "如果你拥有一台 Mac 并且安装了 Xcode,从源代码编译 Jamulus 可能是另一个更本源的选择。请看一下[iOS 的编译说明](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)。" +msgstr "如果你拥有一台 Mac 并且安装了 Xcode,从源代码编译 Jamulus 可能是另一个更本源的选择。请看一下 [iOS 的编译说明](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 @@ -144,10 +143,8 @@ msgstr "反馈和开发" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "iOS 支持还不成熟,还远未准备好在 AppStore 上发布。随时提供帮助:只需前往 [Jamulus GitHub 存储库](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)。" +msgstr "我们认为 iOS 版本还不够成熟,无法在 AppStore 上发布。欢迎提供帮助:只需前往 [Jamulus GitHub 存储库](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Privacy-Statement.po index d22e80f81..436839083 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -43,30 +44,26 @@ msgstr "Jamulus – 隐私声明" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Privacy Statement" +#, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" -msgstr "# 隐私声明" +msgstr "隐私声明" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**本文档的英文版本代表本网站上提供的软件_当前版本_的官方隐私声明。该软件的早期版本和本隐私政策的非英文翻译可能包含不再适用或支持的不同条款。**\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Definition of Terms" +#, no-wrap msgid "Definition of Terms" -msgstr "## 术语的定义" +msgstr "术语的定义" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" -msgstr "\"**客户端**\" 用于连接到服务器的 Jamulus 软件" +msgstr "\"**服务器**\" Jamulus 软件作为服务器运行并接受来自客户端的连接" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 @@ -82,92 +79,88 @@ msgstr "\"**目录**\" 一个Jamulus 服务器被配置为向客户提供一个 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus.io Website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus.io 网站" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "[jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) 网站使用 GitHub Pages 提供服务。Jamulus 团队并未构建网站来设置跟踪 cookie,但请参阅 Github 的 [隐私政策](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) 以获取有关数据收集和隐私总体的信息。社区知识库使用 [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) 进行讨论和评论。您可以在 [giscus 的 GitHub 存储库](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md) 上找到 [giscus 的隐私政策](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Jamulus Software" +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Software" -msgstr "## Jamulus 软件" +msgstr "Jamulus 软件" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 是开源软件,任何人都可以修改。因此,Jamulus 项目无法就您使用该软件的隐私、数据收集或安全做出任何承诺。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Use of Profile Information" +#, no-wrap msgid "General Information" -msgstr "### 个人资料信息的使用" +msgstr "常规信息" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在正常使用从本网站下载且未经修改的软件的情况下,您的用户个人资料信息将与您连接的服务器、连接到这些服务器的对等方以及使用 Jamulus 协议的第三方(包括目录)进行交换。此信息仅限于您在个人资料中设置的 Jamulus 名称、城市、国家、工具和技能水平。您连接的服务器也将能够访问您的互联网地址(IP 地址),因为这是软件运行所必需的;但此信息不会与同一服务器上的对等方共享或提供给第三方。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户端、服务器、目录和第三方协议用户之间的所有通信均未加密发送。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Jamulus Software" +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Servers" -msgstr "## Jamulus 软件" +msgstr "Jamulus 服务" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当您直接或通过目录连接到服务器时,该服务器的运营商将负责其运营政策、隐私政策和数据使用政策。虽然未经修改的服务器默认不会记录或存储您的连接或个人资料信息,但某些服务器可能配置为这样做。因此,您不应该期望您的个人资料信息或互联网地址具有隐私性。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Chat Exchanges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "聊天交流" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "聊天是文本消息,可在连接到同一服务器的客户端之间交换。连接到服务器的每个人都可以看到所有聊天,因此对于通过 Jamulus 聊天功能发送的信息,不应期望隐私。虽然未经修改的服务器不会记录或存储聊天,但某些经过修改的服务器可能会这样做。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Audio Recordings" +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Recordings" -msgstr "### 录音" +msgstr "音频录制" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "未经修改的服务器会在开启录制时显示通知。每个频道的录制内容均由服务器存储,并由服务器操作员控制。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接的客户端可能会在 Jamulus 之外录制会话,对此可能没有任何通知或提示。Jamulus 无法检测或控制这些情况,并且不对此类录制数据的收集或使用做出任何陈述。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "目录" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "目录是用于定位服务器的中央连接点。Jamulus 客户端附带预定义的目录列表,以方便用户使用。这些目录是独立运行的,但表示为运行未修改的 Jamulus 软件版本。如果您不希望将您的信息发送到目录,则需要直接连接到服务器。" #~ msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." #~ msgstr "请注意,本隐私声明的英文版本是原始版本,因此具有约束力。要访问英文版本,请转到此页面的顶部/右上角,然后单击 “en” 链接。以下仅适用于您可以从本网站下载的版本,[jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)。" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/QOS-Windows.po index ef1c753d8..5e0f38276 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/QOS-Windows.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 @@ -48,10 +49,9 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" +#, no-wrap msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "## 在 Windows 上使用 QoS" +msgstr "在 Windows 上使用 QoS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 @@ -70,8 +70,7 @@ msgstr "由于操作系统的原因,Jamulus 的 QoS 设置(包括默认设置) #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" "In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" @@ -92,7 +91,26 @@ msgid "" "    Next
\n" "    UDP
\n" "    Finish
\n" -msgstr "在 \"开始 \"菜单旁边的搜索框中,输入。本地组策略编辑器(回车)
在新窗口中,(点击)菜单图标,显示行动第三面板
看本地组策略编辑器的第一面板
 本地计算机策略
  计算机配置
  Windows设置
。    基于策略的QoS(点击)
查看本地组策略编辑器的第三个面板(行动)
 基于策略的QoS
  更多操作
   创建新政策(点击)
   政策名称。Jamulus
    指定DSCP值。32
    下一步
    此QoS策略只适用于名称为 Jamulus 的应用程序.exe
    下一步
    下一步
    UDP
    完成
" +msgstr "" +"在“开始”菜单旁边的搜索框中,输入:本地组策略编辑器(回车)
\n" +"在新窗口中,(点击)菜单图标以显示操作第三个面板
\n" +"查看本地组策略编辑器的第一个面板
\n" +" 本地计算机策略
\n" +"  计算机配置
\n" +"   Windows 设置
\n" +"    基于策略的 QoS(点击)
\n" +"查看本地组策略编辑器的第三个面板(操作)
\n" +" Policy-基于策略的 QoS
\n" +"  更多操作
\n" +"   创建新策略(点击)
\n" +"    策略名称:Jamulus
\n" +"    指定 DSCP 值:32
\n" +"    下一步
\n" +"    此 QoS 策略仅适用于名称为 Jamulus.exe 的应用程序
\n" +"    下一步
\n" +"    下一步
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    完成
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Running-a-Server.po index 85e3b53b3..350148c5a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,26 +3,28 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-30 19:11+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -44,83 +46,72 @@ msgstr "运行服务器" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "# Server Administration Manual\n" -#| " {:.no_toc}\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "Server Administration Manual" -msgstr "" -"# 服务器管理手册\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr "服务器管理手册" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Table of contents" +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "目录" +msgstr "目录\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" -msgstr "{:toc}" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "## 我需要运行服务器吗?" +msgstr "我需要运行服务器吗?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**不**。您不需要运行服务器。您可以使用内置目录中列出的服务器,并且无需自己运行服务器即可使用 Jamulus 。如果您知道其互联网地址,您还可以使用未列出的服务器。或者您可以使用第三方托管服务,例如[melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) 或 [KOORD](https://koord.live/)。可能在您附近有一个服务器,您和您的朋友可以在足够低的延迟下使用,以满足大多数需求。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用公共服务器可能会让您接触到陌生人。如果您想要一个不受干扰的会话,您可以使用 [技巧和窍门页面](Tips-Tricks-More#在任何服务器上拥有不受干扰的会话) 中描述的独奏技术。您不会听到连接到服务器的陌生人的声音,但如果他们愿意,他们可以听到您的声音。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Basic requirements" +#, no-wrap msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "## 基本要求" +msgstr "要求" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Speed and latency" +#, no-wrap msgid "Speed and latency" -msgstr "### 速度和延迟" +msgstr "速度和延迟" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 @@ -145,10 +136,9 @@ msgstr "如果您遇到问题,请考虑使用云主机而不是您的家庭互 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### General notes" +#, no-wrap msgid "General notes" -msgstr "### 一般说明" +msgstr "一般说明" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 @@ -163,12 +153,12 @@ msgstr "运行服务器可能需要您调整在您的机器或云主机之上或 #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您必须在路由器上设置端口转发,才能在家里运行[未注册服务器](Unregistered-Servers)。在大多数情况下,运行已注册服务器时通常不需要这样做。然而,某些家庭网络可能需要为已注册服务器进行端口转发。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 提供有限的 IPv6 支持,您可以从命令行针对客户端或服务器开启。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 @@ -179,23 +169,23 @@ msgstr "安装" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "大多数人在第三方/云主机上运行 Jamulus,将其作为\"无头\"服务器(无视频显示或键盘)运行在无音频的 Linux 硬件上**。您也可以在[**桌面环境**](#桌面上的服务器)中运行服务器。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意** 以下步骤将导致您运行 \"未注册\" 服务器。有关更多信息,请参阅下面的 [服务器模式](#服务器模式)部分。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在 Linux 上运行无头服务器,以下步骤假定您熟悉命令行以及使用 systemd 的 Debian/Ubuntu 或类似发行版。" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 msgid "Download the setup script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载安装脚本:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 @@ -205,11 +195,14 @@ msgid "" " curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" " ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 msgid "Make the script executable:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使脚本可执行:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 @@ -219,13 +212,14 @@ msgid "" " chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" " ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" -msgstr "重新加载 systemd 文件 `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` 并重新启动 headless 服务器:`sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "运行脚本并安装无头服务器:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 @@ -235,161 +229,144 @@ msgid "" " sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用无头服务器进程:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" -msgstr "通过运行 `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` 将所需的 [命令行选项](Running-a-Server#命令行选项) 添加到 systemd 服务文件中的 `ExecStart` 行(默认情况下,您将正在运行未注册的服务器)。" +msgstr "将您期望的 [命令行选项](Running-a-Server#配置选项) 添加到 systemd 服务文件中的 `ExecStart` 行:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" -msgstr "重新加载 systemd 文件 `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` 并重新启动 headless 服务器:`sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "重新加载 systemd 文件并重新启动无头服务器:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " ```\n" " sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" " ```\n" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" -msgstr "_要升级您的服务器,只需重复上述步骤即可。_" +msgstr "_要编辑您的服务器配置,只需重复上面的最后两个步骤。_" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Server Types" +#, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" -msgstr "## 服务器类型" +msgstr "服务器模式" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." -msgstr "您可以以不同的方式运行您的服务器(在家或在第 3 方主机上):" +msgstr "服务器可以根据您的需求以三种模式之一运行(无论是在家中还是在第三方主机上)。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### 2. Unregistered" +#, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" -msgstr "### 2.未注册的" +msgstr "未注册模式" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." -msgstr "这是第一次启动服务器时的默认设置。未注册的服务器不在目录中列出,因此只有知道您的服务器地址的音乐家才能连接到它。这很有用,因为 Jamulus 不允许您控制谁可以连接到服务器。" +msgstr "这是首次启动服务器时的默认模式。未注册的服务器不会被目录列出,因此只有知道您服务器地址的音乐家才能连接到它。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 #, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关运行未注册服务器的信息[请参阅本指南](Unregistered-Servers).**。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| "\t\"Diagram\n" -#| "\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" -#| "
\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagram\n" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" -"\t
未注册服务器的工作原理
\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" "
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" +#, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" -msgstr "#### 在已注册模式下运行" +msgstr "已注册模式" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此模式下,您的服务器将出现在由目录提供的服务器列表中。Jamulus 客户端内置了一系列目录。如果您在其中一个目录中注册您的服务器,任何人都可以发现并连接到它。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者,您可以在自定义目录中列出您的服务器(见下文)。只有当客户端输入自定义目录的互联网地址时,他们才能找到您的服务器。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意,目录最多只能注册 150 个服务器。如果您看到一条消息说由于目录已满而无法注册您的服务器,您可以尝试在不同的目录中注册。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| "\t\"Diagram\n" -#| "
How Registered Servers work
\n" -#| "
\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagram\n" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" -"
注册服务器的工作原理
\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" "
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### 3. Directory" +#, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" -msgstr "### 3. 目录" +msgstr "目录模式" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 @@ -398,137 +375,111 @@ msgstr "如果您想运行多个服务器,也可能在防火墙后面或 LAN #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." -msgstr "运行目录 [阅读本指南](Directories)" +msgstr "有关信息 [请参阅目录指南](Directories)" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Configuration" +#, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "### 配置" +msgstr "配置选项" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据您的操作系统以及您运行服务器的方式,您可以按照以下步骤设置服务器选项并使其在重新加载之间保持不变:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 #, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**对于 Linux 无头服务器** (使用 systemd 的 Debian/Ubuntu)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." -msgstr "通过运行 `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` 将所需的 [命令行选项](Running-a-Server#命令行选项) 添加到 systemd 服务文件中的 `ExecStart` 行(默认情况下,您将正在运行未注册的服务器)。" +msgstr "通过运行 `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`,将您期望的命令行选项添加到 systemd 服务文件的 `ExecStart` 行中(您需要重新加载或重新启动以使更改生效。请参阅 [安装文档](#installation))。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**对于图形界面** (适用于所有平台)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用图形界面所做的任何设置都将存储在`Jamulusserver.ini` 文件中。( **切勿** 手动编辑此文件!)然而,有些选项在图形用户界面中不可用,需要使用命令行进行设置。更多信息,请参阅桌面服务器。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在注册模式下运行的最低设置" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以在 Linux 上使用 systemd (通过 `systemctl`) 运行无头服务器,这在其他部分有所介绍。您也可以直接从命令行运行服务器。输入以下命令以[运行注册服务器](#服务器模式):" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| "jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -#| " --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -#| " --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -#| "~~~\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" " --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" " --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关 `hostname:port` 的值,请参见下表。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意**:`--serverinfo` 参数中的 `[name]` 和 `[city]` 不允许使用分号和换行符。有关国家代码的更多信息,请参阅[服务器模式相关选项](#服务器模式相关选项)。 \n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务器模式相关选项" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Recording Directory" +#, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" -msgstr "### 录音目录" +msgstr "`-e 或 --directoryaddress`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于 [已注册服务器](Running-a-Server#已注册模式) 是必需的。对于将 Jamulus 作为 [目录](Directories) 运行也是必需的。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 msgid "This option takes the format:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "此选项采用以下格式:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--directoryaddress hostname:port`,其中 `hostname` 是类型目录主机名,`port` 是其端口号。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" -msgstr "要注册到 Jamulus 客户端内置的目录之一,请将上面示例中的 `genreServer:port` 替换为以下选项之一:" +msgstr "要在 Jamulus 客户端内置的目录之一中进行注册,请将 `hostname:port` 替换为以下选项之一:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "| Genre | Server Address |\n" -#| "|-----------|------------------|\n" -#| "|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -#| "|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -#| "|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -#| "|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -#| "|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -#| "|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -#| "|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" "|-----------|------------------|\n" @@ -540,240 +491,235 @@ msgid "" "|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" "|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" msgstr "" -"| 类型 | 服务器地址 |\n" +"| 类型 | `主机名:端口` |\n" "|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**任何体裁1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`||\n" -"|**任何体裁2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`||\n" -"|**任何流派3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**流派摇滚** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|***类型的爵士乐** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**类古典/民谣** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**类合唱/理发店** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +"|**任意类型 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**任意类型 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**任意类型 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**摇滚类型** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**爵士类型** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**古典/民谣类型** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**合唱/理发店四重唱类型** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-o 或 --serverinfo`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当您在目录中注册服务器时,这允许您提供服务器名称和位置详细信息,以便用户随后可以从他们的客户端搜索这些值。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请看 [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) (英文维基百科)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" -msgstr "**注意**:在 `--serverinfo` 参数中的 `yourServerName` 和 `yourCity` 中不允许使用分号和换行符\n" +msgstr "**注意:** `name`和 `city` 值中不允许使用分号和换行符。\n" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-L 或 --licence`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在用户连接之前显示协议窗口。要显示的协议文本应作为 `--welcomemessage` 提供(见下文)。" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-w 或 --welcomemessage`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接时在客户端聊天窗口中显示的 \"欢迎消息\"。可以作为字符串或文件名给出,并且可以包含 HTML。使用路径时,运行 Jamulus 的用户帐户必须可以访问该文件。(在大多数 Linux 安装中,默认使用用户 `jamulus`。)如果无法访问,则将显示文字路径(而不是其内容)。" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果连接到同一 NAT 后面的目录,则为服务器的公共 IP 地址。有关更多信息,请参阅 [目录指南](Directories)。" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 #, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--directoryfile`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "_仅限目录:_ 即使目录重新启动,也会记住已注册的服务器。有关详细信息,请参阅 [目录指南](Directories)。" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-f 或 --listfilter`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "_仅目录:_ 指定哪些服务器可以在目录服务器上注册。有关详细信息,请参阅 [目录指南](Directories)。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### General notes" +#, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" -msgstr "### 一般说明" +msgstr "常规服务器选项" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无论您的服务器运行在何种模式下,都可以使用这些选项(尽管某些选项可能与目录无关)。" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-d 或 --discononquit`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通常,当服务器停止或重新启动时,任何未按下 **断开连接** 按钮的客户端在服务器恢复时将自动重新建立连接。此选项在这种情况下强制客户端手动重新建立与服务器的连接。" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-F 或 --fastupdate`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果客户端使用 **小型网络缓冲区** 选项连接,则可减少延迟。需要更快的 CPU 以避免掉线,并为启用的客户端提供更多带宽。" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 #, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-l 或 --log`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用日志记录,设置路径和文件名" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-m 或 --htmlstatus`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用 HTML 状态文件,设置路径和文件名" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意:** 此功能已弃用,可能会在未来的版本中消失。\n" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-P 或 --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." -msgstr "此选项使用两只耳朵之间声音到达时间的微小差异。与正常的“音量”平移相比,它产生类似于自然人类听觉的立体声效果。" +msgstr "启用延迟声像起始。此选项利用声音到达两只耳朵的微小时间差。与普通的 “音量” 声像相比,它产生类似于人类自然听觉的立体声音效。" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-s` 或 `--server`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以服务器模式启动 Jamulus" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "指定 Jamulus 进程将绑定的 IP 地址。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通常,Jamulus 会监听主机上的所有 IP 地址。当主机有多个网络地址时,此选项允许选择其中一个地址。" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-T 或 --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用多线程以更好地利用多核 CPU。此设置可能有助于服务器支持更多客户端。另请参阅 `--numchannels`" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-u 或 --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最大通道数(客户端数)" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-z 或 --startminimized`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以最小化窗口状态启动 Jamulus 服务器图形界面。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Options" +#, no-wrap msgid "Other options" -msgstr "## 选项" +msgstr "其他选项" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 @@ -784,78 +730,73 @@ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 API 控制服务器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 可以通过一个实验性的、可能会发生变化的 API 进行控制。您可以在[主存储库中找到记录的 JSON-RPC API](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。JSON-RPC 允许您控制一些功能,例如更改欢迎消息或从经过身份验证的外部应用程序以无头模式启动录音。它在服务器运行时起作用。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Recording Directory" +#, no-wrap msgid "Recording" -msgstr "### 录音目录" +msgstr "录音" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Recording Directory" +#, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" -msgstr "### 录音目录" +msgstr "`-R 或 --recording`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置服务器的录音目录。默认情况下,当会话处于活动状态时,服务器将进行录音。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" -msgstr "**注意**: 您需要将记录保存到 jamulus 主目录的 _outside_ 路径,或从 systemd 单元文件中删除 `ProtectHome=true`(但请注意,这样做存在潜在的安全风险)。\n" +msgstr "**注意:** 您需要将录音内容保存到 Jamulus 主目录之外的路径,或者从您的 systemd 单元文件中删除 `ProtectHome=true` ,但请注意,这样做可能存在安全风险。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "录音内容为每条音轨的 [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` 格式和 [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp` 格式。在相应的应用程序中打开这些文件以播放它们。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" -msgstr "**注意**:当您的服务器正在录制时,客户端会显示一条消息,表明正在录制。\n" +msgstr "**注意:** 当您的服务器正在录音时,客户端会显示一条红色横幅消息,表明会话正在录音。\n" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在配置录音时,默认设置服务器不进行录音。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "#### Controlling Recording" +#, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" -msgstr "#### 控制录音" +msgstr "控制录音" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." -msgstr "" +msgstr "录音在第一个人连接到服务器时开始,并在最后一个人离开时停止。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果服务器在录音过程中收到 SIGUSR1 信号,它将在新目录中开始新的录音。SIGUSR2 将切换录音的开/关。如果启用了 [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) ,您还能够以类似于图形用户界面的方式管理服务器。请参阅(实验性的)关于录音器的 [JSON-RPC 文档](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 @@ -864,19 +805,12 @@ msgstr "要使用 systemd 发送这些信号,请在 `/etc/systemd/system` 中 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "打开或关闭录制(取决于当前状态):" +msgstr "要打开或关闭录音(取决于当前状态):" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| " [Unit]\n" -#| " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -#| " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" @@ -886,26 +820,22 @@ msgid "" " Type=oneshot\n" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "For starting a new recording:" msgid "To start a new recording:" -msgstr "开始新的录音:" +msgstr "要开始新的录音:" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| " [Unit]\n" -#| " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -#| " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" @@ -915,17 +845,18 @@ msgid "" " Type=oneshot\n" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." -msgstr "_注意:`ExecStart` 行中的 Jamulus 服务名称需要与您在设置 systemd 以控制您的 Jamulus 服务器时创建的 `.service` 文件名相同。所以在这个例子中它将是`Jamulus-Server.service`_" +msgstr "_注意:`ExecStart` 行中的 Jamulus 服务名称需要与 systemd 用于控制您的 Jamulus 服务器的 `.service` 文件名相同。默认情况下,如果您使用存储库中的 `.deb` 文件,它是 `jamulus-headless`,如本例所示。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 @@ -939,91 +870,67 @@ msgstr "现在您可以使用 `systemctl` 命令运行这些命令,例如:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." -msgstr "如果您运行 `systemctl status jamulus`,或者通过查看日志,您可以看到这些命令的结果。" +msgstr "如果您运行 `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (或者您手动指定的相应服务名称),您可以看到这些命令的结果。您还可以查看您的(系统)日志。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Backing up the Server" +#, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" -msgstr "## 备份服务器" +msgstr "向服务器添加元数据" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以向服务器的欢迎消息中添加元数据,以添加额外的隐藏信息,如联系信息或对机器人的策略请求(这类似于 [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)) (英文维基百科)。有关更多信息,请参阅 [关于元数据的社区知识库条目](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html)。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Servers on the desktop" +#, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" -msgstr "## 桌面上的服务器" +msgstr "桌面上的服务器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" -msgstr "Jamulus 可以从桌面以服务器模式运行。这为您提供了一个图形用户界面来控制大多数设置。" +msgstr "Jamulus 可以在计算机的图形环境中以服务器模式运行。这为您提供了一个图形用户界面来控制大多数设置。要做到这一点,首先[为您的平台安装 Jamulus](Getting-Started) ,然后执行以下操作之一:" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." -msgstr "**Windows 用户** - 如果希望服务器在系统启动时自动启动,请启用相应的复选框。\n" +msgstr "**Windows 用户** - 使用 Windows 开始菜单中的 \"Jamulus 服务器\" 图标。如果您希望服务器在 Windows 启动时自动启动,请勾选此选项的复选框。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." -msgstr "**Windows 用户** - 使用 Windows 开始菜单中的“Jamulus Server”图标。\n" +msgstr "**macOS 用户** - 双击应用程序中的 \"Jamulus 服务器\" 图标。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." -msgstr "**Linux 用户** - 启动“Jamulus 服务器”快捷方式。或者你可以打开一个终端窗口(Debian 和相关发行版上的`CTRL+ALT+t`),输入`jamulus -s` 然后回车。\n" +msgstr "**Linux 用户** - 启动“Jamulus 服务器”快捷方式。或者你可以打开一个终端窗口(Debian 和相关发行版上的`CTRL+ALT+t`),输入`jamulus -s` 然后回车。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." -msgstr "Jamulus 中最常见的功能可以使用 GUI 设置,但这些和其他功能也可以使用终端窗口中给出的选项进行设置。具体如何执行此操作将取决于您的操作系统。" +msgstr "虽然 Jamulus 中的大多数常见功能可以使用图形界面(GUI)进行设置,但其他一些功能只能在服务器启动时在终端窗口中使用给定的选项进行设置。具体的操作方式将取决于您的操作系统。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" -msgstr "例如在 Windows 上,要使用特定的设置文件,请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择“属性”>“目标”。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:" +msgstr "例如在 Windows 上,要使用特定的设置文件,请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择**属性**>**目标**。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "```shell\n" -#| " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -#| "```\n" +#, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 @@ -1032,58 +939,44 @@ msgstr "对于 macOS,启动终端窗口并使用所需的选项运行 Jamulus #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "```shell\n" -#| " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -#| "```\n" +#, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" -msgstr "**注意**:命令行选项将在启动时设置服务器的默认值。您可以在服务器运行时使用相应的 GUI 控件覆盖它们。\n" +msgstr "**注意** 命令行选项将在启动时设置服务器的默认值。在服务器运行时,您可以使用其相应的图形用户界面控件覆盖它们。\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Server status icon" +#, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" -msgstr "### 服务器状态图标" +msgstr "服务器状态图标" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" -msgstr "当服务器运行时,操作系统会在系统托盘或状态区显示一个图标来表示服务器是否处于活动状态:" +msgstr "当服务器在图形用户界面模式下运行时,操作系统将在系统托盘或状态栏中显示一个图标,指示服务器是否有连接:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" -msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器为空" +msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器为空\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" -msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器被占用" +msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器被占用\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Backing up the Server" +#, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" -msgstr "## 备份服务器" +msgstr "备份服务器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 @@ -1093,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无头服务器不使用 `.ini` 文件。所有配置都作为命令行选项给出。如果您以图形用户界面模式运行服务器,在启动时读取任何命令行选项后,它将把配置存储在 `Jamulusserver.ini` 文件中。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Bandwidth.po index 0b987a202..bfb6ae5d3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 @@ -44,28 +45,23 @@ msgstr "带宽使用" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"服务器管理\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Audio bandwidth" +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "## 音频带宽" +msgstr "音频带宽" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "音频设置对所需的网络带宽有影响。下表总结了与以下配置有关的网络要求。" +msgstr "音频设置会影响所需的网络带宽。下表总结了以下配置的网络要求:* 声道:立体声/单声道* 质量:高/中/低* 音频缓冲时长:2.67 毫秒、5.33 毫秒、10.67 毫秒、21.33 毫秒" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" -msgstr "Kbit/s :每秒千比特(提醒:1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s,1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgstr "使用以下单位 * ms:毫秒 * Kbit/s:千比特每秒(提醒:1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s,1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s:兆比特每秒" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 @@ -91,10 +87,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Network bandwidth" +#, no-wrap msgid "Network bandwidth" -msgstr "## 网络带宽" +msgstr "网络带宽" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 @@ -108,7 +103,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "有一个上游(音乐家发送到服务器)和一个下游(服务器将混音发送回音乐家)\n" "
\n" -" \"从低到高不同音频质量的\n" +" \"从低到高不同音频质量的\n" "
计算带宽使用
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 6c7e700cb..73eb7c07d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-09-12 04:52+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -46,7 +47,7 @@ msgstr "服务器故障排除" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"服务器管理\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 @@ -78,31 +79,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" +#, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Servers - Registered" +#, no-wrap msgid "Servers - Registered" -msgstr "## 服务器 - 已注册" +msgstr "服务器 - 已注册" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" -msgstr "### 为什么我的服务器没有出现在列表中?为什么不注册?" +msgstr "为什么我的服务器没有出现在列表中?为什么不注册?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." -msgstr "如果您注册成功(您可以[在此处查看](https://explorer.jamulus.io/))并且您或您的朋友看不到您的服务器,您可能需要等待,或者启动您的客户端`--showallservers` 选项并尝试从那里连接([参见命令行选项](Software-Manual#命令行选项)),了解如何使用配置选项启动客户端)。在某些网络配置中,您可能还需要 [端口转发](Running-a-Server#转发端口) 您的路由器。" +msgstr "如果您已注册成功(您可以[在此处查看](https://explorer.jamulus.io/))但您或您的朋友看不到您的服务器,则可能需要等待,或使用 `--showallservers` 选项启动您的客户端并尝试从那里连接([请参阅命令行选项](Software-Manual#命令行选项)) 了解如何使用配置选项启动您的客户端)。在某些网络配置中,您可能还需要配置路由器以[转发 Jamulus 服务器使用的端口号](Unregistered-Servers#端口转发)。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 @@ -116,17 +112,15 @@ msgstr "您可以通过 [在此处检查](https://explorer.jamulus.io/) 来验 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" +#, no-wrap msgid "Servers - Unregistered" -msgstr "## 服务器 - 未注册" +msgstr "服务器 - 未注册" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +#, no-wrap msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" -msgstr "### 我在与我的服务器相同的机器/网络上运行我的客户端,但我无法连接到它" +msgstr "我在与我的服务器相同的机器/网络上运行我的客户端,但我无法连接到它" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 @@ -135,24 +129,20 @@ msgstr "将客户端连接到“localhost”或“127.0.0.1”。如果在与服 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +#, no-wrap msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" -msgstr "### 我应该给人们什么地址,以便他们可以连接到我的服务器?" +msgstr "我应该给人们什么地址,以便他们可以连接到我的服务器?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." -msgstr "这应该是您的**公共** IP 地址(通过 [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip) 查找)。将您的**自己的** Jamulus 客户端连接到服务器的**本地** IP 地址(`localhost` 或`127.0.0.1`,如果它与您的客户端在同一台机器上)。请注意,您的公共 IP 地址可能会更改 - 请参阅 [本指南](Running-a-Server#动态-DNS-以及您可能需要它的原因) 中有关“动态 DNS”的说明。" +msgstr "这应该是您的**公共** IP 地址(使用 [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip) 找到)。将您**自己的** Jamulus 客户端连接到您服务器的**本地** IP 地址(`localhost` 或 `127.0.0.1`,如果它与您的客户端在同一台计算机上)。请注意,您的公共 IP 地址可能会更改 - 请参阅[本指南](Unregistered-Servers#动态-dns-以及您可能需要它的原因) 中有关“动态 DNS”的说明。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" +#, no-wrap msgid "What port numbers can I use?" -msgstr "### 我可以使用哪些端口号?" +msgstr "我可以使用哪些端口号?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 @@ -161,24 +151,19 @@ msgstr "您可以使用 `--port` 选项将服务器设置为侦听自定义端 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +#, no-wrap msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" -msgstr "### 没有人可以连接到我的服务器 - 但我可以在本地连接" +msgstr "没有人可以连接到我的服务器 - 但我可以在本地连接" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." -msgstr "首先,确保您已启用 [端口转发](Running-a-Server#转发端口)。如果您仍然无法从本地网络外部看到您的服务器,则您的 Internet 服务提供商 (ISP) 可能存在问题。" +msgstr "首先,请确保您已启用 [端口转发](Unregistered-Servers#端口转发)。如果您在本地网络之外仍看不到您的服务器,则您的 Internet 服务提供商 (ISP) 可能存在问题。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." -msgstr "一些 ISP 正在使用 [地址加端口 (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) 或 [运营商级 NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia. org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT)以节省地址空间(通常用于 IPv4)。这使得在家中托管像 Jamulus 这样的服务是不可能的,因为它们在本地网络之外是不可见的。" +msgstr "一些 ISP 使用 [地址加端口 (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) 或 [运营商级 NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) 等技术来节省地址空间(通常用于 IPv4)。这使得无法在家中托管 Jamulus 等服务,因为它们在本地网络之外不可见。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po index 186f42bf1..810b1ef48 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-09-12 20:33+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -103,7 +104,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\"Jamulus\n" +"\"Jamulus\n" "
连接到服务器时的本地混音
\n" "
\n" @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "**延迟**显示根据当前 ping 时间和当前音频缓冲区设置 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"绿色
\n" +msgstr "
\"绿色
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 @@ -139,10 +140,9 @@ msgstr "**绿色** - 延迟非常适合即兴演奏\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"黄色
" +msgstr "
\"黄色
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 @@ -152,10 +152,9 @@ msgstr "**黄色** - 仍然可以进行会话,但可能更难玩\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"绿色
" +msgstr "
\"绿色
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 @@ -191,10 +190,9 @@ msgstr "客户端或服务器的 CPU 为 100%。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Input" +#, no-wrap msgid "Input" -msgstr "## 输入" +msgstr "输入" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 @@ -203,10 +201,9 @@ msgstr "显示音频输入的两个立体声通道的电平。确保不要削波 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Mute Myself button" +#, no-wrap msgid "Mute Myself button" -msgstr "## 静音自己按钮" +msgstr "静音自己按钮" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 @@ -215,10 +212,9 @@ msgstr "将您的音频流剪切到服务器,以便您能够听到自己的声 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Reverb effect" +#, no-wrap msgid "Reverb effect" -msgstr "## 混响效果" +msgstr "混响效果" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69 @@ -227,10 +223,9 @@ msgstr "将混响添加到本地单声道音频通道,或立体声模式下的 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Chat" +#, no-wrap msgid "Chat" -msgstr "## 聊天" +msgstr "聊天" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 @@ -239,62 +234,52 @@ msgstr "打开聊天窗口。输入的文本将发送到所有连接的客户端 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +#, no-wrap msgid "Connect/disconnect button" -msgstr "## 连接/断开按钮" +msgstr "连接/断开按钮" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." -msgstr "打开一个对话框,您可以在其中选择要连接的服务器。如果您已连接,按此按钮将结束会话。" +msgstr "打开一个对话框,您可以在其中选择要连接的服务器。如果您已连接,按此按钮将结束会话。您也可以使用\"文件>连接设置...”打开对话框。这将使您连接到任何当前会话,直到您加入另一个会话。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" -msgstr "
\"服务器连接窗口截图\"
" +msgstr "
\"服务器连接窗口截图\"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." -msgstr "Connection Setup 窗口显示可用服务器列表以及占用者数量和支持的最大数量。服务器运营商在列表中注册他们的服务器(主要由流派定义,尽管有些可能是特定于位置的或适用于所有流派)。使用列表下拉选择一个流派,单击您要加入的服务器,然后按连接按钮连接到它。或者,双击服务器名称。永久服务器(已列出超过 24 小时的服务器)以粗体显示。" +msgstr "连接设置窗口会显示可用服务器的列表,连同它们的 \"距离\"(以 Ping 时间衡量)、占用人数、支持的最大人数以及服务器给定的位置。已列出超过 24 小时的永久服务器会以粗体显示。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击您想要加入的服务器,然后按下“连接”按钮进行连接。或者,双击服务器名称。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务器运营商向目录注册他们的服务器。这些目录要么是特定类型的,要么是适用于任何类型的,或者是额外的自定义条目。使用目录下拉菜单选择一个类型。您可以通过服务器名称或位置对列表进行筛选。要仅列出已占用的服务器,请输入\"#\" 字符。如果您选择“显示所有音乐家”,则会显示当前的占用者。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "如果您知道私有服务器的 IP 地址或 URL,则可以使用服务器名称/地址字段连接到它。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号,使用冒号作为分隔符,例如,`jamulus.example.com:22124`(请注意,IPv6 地址必须完全括在方括号中)。该字段还将显示最近使用的服务器地址列表。" +msgstr "如果您知道私有服务器的 IP 地址或 URL,可以使用“服务器名称/地址”字段连接到它。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号,使用冒号作为分隔符,例如,`jamulus.example.com:22124`。(请注意,IPv6 地址必须完全括在方括号中,例如 `[::1]:22124`。)该字段还将显示最近使用的服务器地址列表。该字段后面的按钮允许从列表中删除当前条目。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Server audio mixer" +#, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" -msgstr "## 服务器混音器" +msgstr "服务器混音器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"一对服务器混音器控件的图像\"
" +msgstr "
\"一对服务器混音器控件的图像\"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 @@ -328,10 +313,9 @@ msgstr "如果服务器操作员已启用录音,您将在混音器上方看到 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Grp button" +#, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" -msgstr "### Grp 按钮" +msgstr "Grp 按钮" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 @@ -340,10 +324,9 @@ msgstr "您可以使用“组”开关将用户分组在一起。移动组中任 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Mute button" +#, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" -msgstr "### 静音按钮" +msgstr "静音按钮" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 @@ -357,10 +340,9 @@ msgstr "请注意,将您的**自己的**频道静音仅意味着您将听不 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Solo button" +#, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" -msgstr "### 独奏按钮" +msgstr "独奏按钮" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 @@ -369,17 +351,15 @@ msgstr "允许您单独听到一位或多位用户的声音。那些未独奏的 #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Settings" +#, no-wrap msgid "Settings" -msgstr "# 设置" +msgstr "设置" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## My Profile" +#, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" -msgstr "## 我的个人资料" +msgstr "我的个人资料" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 @@ -388,10 +368,9 @@ msgstr "从“设置”菜单中,选择“我的个人资料...”以设置您 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"配置文件窗口的图像\"
" +msgstr "
\"配置文件窗口的图像\"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 @@ -400,17 +379,15 @@ msgstr "如果您设置了乐器和/或国家,这些选择的图标也将显 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"显示个人资料信息的工具提示图片\"
" +msgstr "
\"显示个人资料信息的工具提示图片\"
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Skin" +#, no-wrap msgid "Skin" -msgstr "### 皮肤" +msgstr "皮肤" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 @@ -419,10 +396,9 @@ msgstr "这会将皮肤应用于主窗口,其中一些设计用于容纳更大 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Meter style" +#, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" -msgstr "### 仪表样式" +msgstr "仪表样式" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 @@ -431,10 +407,9 @@ msgstr "这会改变音频表的视觉风格,与所选皮肤无关。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Mixer rows" +#, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" -msgstr "### 混合器的行" +msgstr "混合器的行" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 @@ -443,10 +418,9 @@ msgstr "这将设置服务器音频混音器中显示的行数,以用于更大 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Audio Alerts" +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" -msgstr "### 音频警报" +msgstr "音频警报" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 @@ -455,24 +429,21 @@ msgstr "当有人加入服务器或收到新的聊天消息时,这会打开声 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" -msgstr "## 音频/网络设置" +msgstr "音频/网络设置" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"音频/网络设置窗口图片\"
" +msgstr "
\"音频/网络设置窗口图片\"
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Device" +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" -msgstr "### 设备" +msgstr "设备" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 @@ -481,17 +452,15 @@ msgstr "在 Windows 操作系统下,可以使用 Jamulus 选择 ASIO 驱动程 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +#, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" -msgstr "### 输入/输出通道映射" +msgstr "输入/输出通道映射" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"输入输出通道映射图\"
" +msgstr "
\"输入输出通道映射图\"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 @@ -500,10 +469,9 @@ msgstr "如果所选声卡设备提供多个输入或输出通道,则“_Input #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Audio channels" +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" -msgstr "### 音频通道" +msgstr "音频通道" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 @@ -549,10 +517,9 @@ msgstr "在立体声媒体流模式时,由于混响效果将被应用到所有 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Audio quality" +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" -msgstr "### 音频质量" +msgstr "音频质量" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 @@ -561,10 +528,9 @@ msgstr "音频质量越高,音频流的数据速率就越高。确保您的上 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Buffer Delay" +#, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" -msgstr "### 缓冲延迟" +msgstr "缓冲延迟" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 @@ -573,24 +539,18 @@ msgstr "缓冲延迟设置是 Jamulus 软件的基本设置。此设置会影响 #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." -msgstr "**64 个样本** 提供最低延迟,但不适用于所有声卡。\n" +msgstr "**64 个样本** 提供最低延迟,但不适用于所有声卡。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." -msgstr "**128 个样本** 首选设置。应该适用于大多数可用的声卡。\n" +msgstr "**128 个样本** 首选设置。应该适用于大多数可用的声卡。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." -msgstr "**256 个样本** 只能在速度非常慢的计算机或互联网连接速度较慢的情况下使用。\n" +msgstr "**256 个样本** 只能在速度非常慢的计算机或互联网连接速度较慢的情况下使用。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 @@ -600,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "一些声卡驱动程序不允许在 Jamulus 软件中更改缓冲延迟 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Linux 系统上: - 使用 JACK 时,使用 `QJackCtl` 更改缓冲区大小并重新启动 JACK; - 使用 PipeWire 的 JACK 服务器时,使用其自身的配置工具更改 PipeWire 的量子 (Quantum) 参数。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 @@ -614,10 +574,9 @@ msgstr "因此,缓冲区设置是音频质量和整体延迟之间的权衡。 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +#, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" -msgstr "### 抖动缓冲区" +msgstr "抖动缓冲区" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 @@ -641,10 +600,9 @@ msgstr "如果启用自动设置,本地客户端和远程服务器的抖动缓 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +#, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" -msgstr "### 启用小型网络缓冲区" +msgstr "小型网络缓冲区" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 @@ -653,10 +611,9 @@ msgstr "允许支持非常小的网络音频数据包。这些仅在声卡缓冲 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" -msgstr "### 音频流速率" +msgstr "音频流速率" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 @@ -665,55 +622,52 @@ msgstr "取决于当前的音频包大小和压缩设置。确保上行速率不 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Advanced Setup" +#, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" -msgstr "## 高级设置" +msgstr "高级设置" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"高级设置窗口图片\"
" +msgstr "
\"高级设置窗口图片\"
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Custom Directories" +#, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" -msgstr "### 自定义目录" +msgstr "自定义目录" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "如果您知道私有服务器的 IP 地址或 URL,则可以使用服务器名称/地址字段连接到它。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号,使用冒号作为分隔符,例如,`jamulus.example.com:22124`(请注意,IPv6 地址必须完全括在方括号中)。该字段还将显示最近使用的服务器地址列表。" +msgstr "如果您需要添加除内置目录地址之外的其他目录地址,可以在此处进行操作。如果您知道自定义目录的 IP 地址或主机名,可以使用“服务器名称/地址”字段连接到它。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号,使用冒号作为分隔符,例如,`jamulus.example.com:22124`。(请注意,目前目录不支持 IPv6。)该字段后面的按钮允许从列表中删除当前条目。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### New Client Level" +#, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" -msgstr "### 新客户端级别" +msgstr "新客户端级别" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +#, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" "to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" "that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" -msgstr "此设置以百分比定义新连接客户端的推子电平。如果新用户连接到当前服务器,如果该用户先前连接的其他推子电平尚未存储,他们将获得指定的初始推子电平。您可以使用“编辑”>“将所有推子设置为新客户端级别”将占用服务器中的所有用户设置为该级别。" +msgstr "" +"此设置以百分比形式定义新连接客户端的推子级别。如果新用户连接到当前服务器\n" +"\n" +"并且尚未存储该用户之前连接时的其他推子级别,他们将获得指定的初始推子级别\n" +"\n" +"您可以使用“编辑”>“将所有推子设置为新客户端级别”将已占用服务器中的所有用户设置为此级别。\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Input Boost" +#, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" -msgstr "### 输入提升" +msgstr "输入提升" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 @@ -722,10 +676,9 @@ msgstr "增加设备的增益。如果您的设备提供的增益对于 Jamulus #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Feedback Protection" +#, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" -msgstr "### 反馈保护" +msgstr "反馈保护" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 @@ -734,10 +687,9 @@ msgstr "尝试在连接到服务器后的前三秒内检测音频反馈循环或 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Input Balance" +#, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" -msgstr "### 输入平衡" +msgstr "输入平衡" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 @@ -746,17 +698,15 @@ msgstr "控制左右本地音频通道的相对电平。对于单声道信号, #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Menu commands" +#, no-wrap msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "# 菜单命令" +msgstr "菜单命令" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +#, no-wrap msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "### 文件 > 加载/保存混音器通道设置" +msgstr "文件 > 加载/保存混音器通道设置" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 @@ -765,10 +715,9 @@ msgstr "您可以保存和恢复您为乐队排练所拥有的混音(推子、 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +#, no-wrap msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "### 编辑 > 自动调整所有推子" +msgstr "编辑 > 自动调整所有推子 " #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 @@ -777,45 +726,32 @@ msgstr "根据音量将一次性推子设置应用于每个通道。对于大型 #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +#, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" -msgstr "# 备份 Jamulus" +msgstr "备份 Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." -msgstr "您可以使用 [加载/保存混音器频道设置](Software-Manual#文件--加载保存混音器通道设置) 保存和加载不同的混音器设置,并将这些文件存储在您想要的任何位置。" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * 您可以使用 [加载/保存混音器频道设置](Software-Manual#文件--加载保存混音器通道设置) 保存和加载不同的混音器设置,并将这些文件存储在您想要的任何位置。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -#| "```shell\n" -#| "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -#| "```\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -msgstr "" -"**macOS 用户注意事项:** 从 Jamulus 3.8.1 开始,我们有一个签名的安装程序。这会将设置存储在 \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +msgstr "**macOS 用户注意事项:** 从 Jamulus 3.8.1 开始,我们有一个签名的安装程序。这会将设置存储在 \n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -msgstr "" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Command Line Options" +#, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" -msgstr "# 命令行选项" +msgstr "命令行选项" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 @@ -824,23 +760,15 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 中最常见的功能可以使用 GUI 设置,但这些和其 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" -msgstr "例如在 Windows 上,要使用特定的设置文件,请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择“属性”>“目标”。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:" +msgstr "例如在 Windows 上,要使用特定的设置文件,请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择“属性”>“目标”。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "```shell\n" -#| " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -#| "```\n" +#, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 @@ -849,16 +777,9 @@ msgstr "对于 macOS,启动终端窗口并使用所需的选项运行 Jamulus #. type: Fenced code block (shell) #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "```shell\n" -#| " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -#| "```\n" +#, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 @@ -874,12 +795,12 @@ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 API 控制客户端" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除了命令行界面(CLI)之外,Jamulus 还可以通过 API 进行控制。这对于高级用例非常有用,例如没有图形用户界面(GUI)的情况,或者其他应用程序需要与 Jamulus 进行交互的情况。请注意,该 API 仍处于实验阶段。有关 [JSON-RPC API 的信息可以在主存储库中找到](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。" #~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." #~ msgstr "您可以按服务器名称或位置过滤列表。要仅列出占用的服务器,请输入 “#” 字符。" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po index a29ca362a..eb8147826 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-09-12 04:52+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -44,10 +45,9 @@ msgstr "提示、技巧等" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" +#, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" -msgstr "提示、技巧等" +msgstr "提示与技巧" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 @@ -79,17 +79,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" +#, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" +#, no-wrap msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" -msgstr "### 学习远程乐队排练" +msgstr "学习远程乐队排练" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 @@ -98,17 +96,15 @@ msgstr "Jamulus用户[Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profil #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" +#, no-wrap msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "## 使用 Jamulus 客户端" +msgstr "使用 Jamulus 客户端" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +#, no-wrap msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" -msgstr "### 在任何服务器上都有一个不受干扰的会话" +msgstr "在任何服务器上拥有不受干扰的会话" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 @@ -123,10 +119,9 @@ msgstr "**注意:** 这不会阻止人们听到您的声音、使用聊天功能 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +#, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" -msgstr "### 在 Zoom(或其他)会议应用程序中使用 Jamulus 音频" +msgstr "在 Zoom(或其他)会议应用程序中使用 Jamulus 音频" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 @@ -140,22 +135,20 @@ msgstr "您还可以使用 [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/ba #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +#, no-wrap msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" -msgstr "### 使用 Reaper 在 Windows 上录制 Jamulus" +msgstr "使用 Reaper 在 Windows 上录制 Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." -msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) 编写了 [记录 Jamulus 输出的指南](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4 -OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) 使用 [Reaper] (https://www.reaper.fm/) 的 ReaRoute 插件。" +msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) 编写了 [记录 Jamulus 输出的指南](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4 -OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) 使用 [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/) 的 ReaRoute 插件。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" +#, no-wrap msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" -msgstr "### 分享歌曲/和弦表" +msgstr "分享歌曲/和弦表" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 @@ -164,10 +157,9 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) 编写了 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" -msgstr "### Jamulus 客户端 Linux 启动脚本" +msgstr "Jamulus 客户端 Linux 启动脚本" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 @@ -191,33 +183,7 @@ msgstr "这是脚本:" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack' unmute\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Analog Mix' capture 100%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Analog Mix' playback 0%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Wave' 100%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Master' capture 100% cap\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'PCM' playback 100%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'PCM' capture 0%\n" -#| " guitarix &\n" -#| " /home/corrados/llcon/Jamulus -c myJamulusServer.domain.com &\n" -#| " sleep 3\n" -#| " jack_disconnect system:capture_1 Jamulus:'input left'\n" -#| " jack_disconnect system:capture_2 Jamulus:'input right'\n" -#| " jack_connect system:capture_1 gx_head_amp:in_0\n" -#| " jack_connect gx_head_amp:out_0 gx_head_fx:in_0\n" -#| " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_0 Jamulus:'input left'\n" -#| " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" -#| " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" -#| " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -#| "~~~\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" @@ -243,7 +209,6 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -267,14 +232,12 @@ msgstr "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +#, no-wrap msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "### 将 ctrlmidich 用于 MIDI 控制器" +msgstr "使用 ctrlmidich 处理 MIDI 控制器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 @@ -293,10 +256,9 @@ msgstr "在这里,Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." +#, no-wrap msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" -msgstr "请注意,为使按钮控制的功能正常工作,您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下以“打开”一个控件时,它必须发送一个值 >=64 的 MIDI CC 编号,而要“关闭”该控件,它必须发送一个值 <64 的相同 CC 编号。您可以阅读控制器手册以了解如何设置它。" +msgstr "请注意,为了使按钮控制的功能正常工作,您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下按钮以“打开”控制时,它必须发送一个值 >= 64 的 MIDI CC 编号,而要“关闭”控制时,它必须发送相同的 CC 编号且值 < 64。您可以阅读控制器的手册以了解如何进行此设置。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 @@ -322,31 +284,26 @@ msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时,每个用户的名 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## For Server admins" +#, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" -msgstr "## 对于服务器管理员" +msgstr "对于服务器管理员" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +#, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" -msgstr "### 即时将已注册的服务器转换为未注册的服务器" +msgstr "动态地将注册服务器转换为未注册服务器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgstr "您可以作为注册服务器运行足够长的时间以供您的乐队连接,然后通过在服务器 GUI 中将目录设置为“无”来“私有”(未注册)。在断开连接之前,您的乐队成员仍将连接到服务器。 (感谢 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) 的提示!)" +msgstr "您可以作为已注册服务器运行足够长的时间以供人们连接,然后通过在服务器 GUI 中将目录设置为“无”来转为“私人”(未注册)。音乐家将仍然连接到服务器,直到他们断开连接。(感谢 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) 提供此提示!)" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Remote management of recordings" +#, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" -msgstr "### 远程管理录音" +msgstr "远程管理录音" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 @@ -355,10 +312,9 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) 编写了一个 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Making a Server status page" +#, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" -msgstr "### 制作服务器状态页面" +msgstr "制作服务器状态页面" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 @@ -372,23 +328,7 @@ msgstr "下面是一个使用服务器状态文件在 html 页面上显示当前 #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "~~~\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Unregistered-Servers.po index b55d25377..f4fd58cf2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -1,146 +1,147 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# ignotus , 2024. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行未注册的服务器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "强烈建议您先通过在其中一个内置目录中注册您的服务器来对其进行测试。这将帮助您在尝试未注册模式之前解决一般问题。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在家用路由器后面设置服务器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您在家里设置服务器,您可能需要更改路由器/防火墙中的一些设置:" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 #, no-wrap msgid "Port forwarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "端口转发" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通常,您家庭网络之外的人无法看到网络内部的情况。要让外部的 Jamulus 客户端连接到您的服务器,您需要在路由器的设置中设置端口转发。每种路由器的确切设置都不同。如需帮助,请参阅您的路由器文档或 [portforward.com](https://portforward.com) 。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意:** Jamulus 的默认端口是 **UDP**(不是 TCP)端口 **22124**。您通常会将端口 **22124** 从网络外部转发到运行服务器的计算机的端口 **22124**。\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting the public IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "获取公网 IP" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要允许其他人从互联网连接到您的服务器,请向他们提供您的公共 IP 地址。您可以[使用 Google 了解您当前的公共 IP 地址](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip)。您应该使用运行服务器的计算机的本地网络地址连接自己。如果您在与服务器相同的计算机上运行客户端,则地址为“localhost”或“127.0.0.1”。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 #, no-wrap msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "动态 DNS 以及您可能需要它的原因" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除非您的互联网服务提供商为您提供固定的 IP 地址,否则您可能会发现您的地址会随时间而变化。您可能希望将您的 IP 地址与一个您可以与他人共享的域名相关联,该域名使用“动态 DNS”(DDNS)。“动态 DNS”提供商可以为您提供域名,并且您不断向提供商刷新您的 IP 地址。您的路由器可能支持某些 DDNS 提供商来执行此操作。如果不是这种情况,提供商将为您提供有关如何设置动态 DNS 客户端的说明。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS SRV record support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DNS SRV 记录支持" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 客户端支持 [DNS SRV 记录(“服务”记录)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record)。如果客户端找到与“连接”窗口中给出的域名关联的 SRV 记录,它将尝试连接到 SRV 记录中列出的端点主机和端口。此过程类似于 Web 浏览器中的 HTTP 重定向,只是它发生在 Jamulus 客户端和 DNS 服务器之间。Jamulus 服务器不参与此交互。Jamulus 服务器只监听 SRV 记录中列出的同一端口上的连接。" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 #, no-wrap msgid "Why is this helpful?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么这有帮助?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 客户端可以通过将端口作为服务器地址的一部分进行指定,从而连接到非默认端口上的服务器。服务器管理员可能希望为用户提供一个不带端口详细信息的简单地址,同时仍在非默认端口上为 Jamulus 提供服务。对于这种情况,可以从 SRV 记录中获取端口信息。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在“连接”窗口中输入的地址可能类似于 ```jamulus.example.com```。如果找到此 DNS 域的 SRV 记录,Jamulus 客户端将尝试连接到 SRV 记录中列出的主机:端口上的服务器,例如```jamulus.example.com:12345```。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在 DNS 服务器上未找到 SRV 记录,客户端将尝试按照连接窗口中的指定连接到服务器。" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating SRV records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建 SRV 记录" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SRV 记录由用于托管 Jamulus 服务器的域的管理员创建。SRV 记录通过域的 DNS 托管服务的管理门户(或 API,如果可用)添加。SRV 记录条目的格式可能因 DNS 托管服务而异,但通常看起来像这样。" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 @@ -152,33 +153,38 @@ msgid "" " \n" " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" msgstr "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV 优先级权重端口目标\n" +"\n" +"# 或者,更具体地说\n" +"\n" +"_jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意:** 您可以在一个主机的不同端口上托管多个 Jamulus 服务器,并为每个服务器提供自己的 SRV 记录。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关创建 SRV 记录的说明,请参阅 DNS 提供商的文档。" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 #, no-wrap msgid "Example use case with SRV records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 SRV 记录的示例用例" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此示例假设 DNS 包含一个解析为 ```server1.example.com``` 的 A 或 CNAME 记录,其中三个 Jamulus Server 实例正在运行,每个实例都监听下面列出的三个端口之一。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者 ,`server1.example.com` 可以是路由器、NAT 网关或负载均衡器,将每个端口转发到后端 Jamulus 服务器(或服务器)。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 @@ -190,9 +196,14 @@ msgid "" "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" msgstr "" +"| JAMULUS 客户端 | DNS SRV 记录 | JAMULUS 服务器 |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 #, no-wrap msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*请务必记住,DNS 不会转发连接。它只是告诉 Jamulus 客户端要连接到哪个公共主机:端口。*\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/copyright.po index 43859214a..fde44d859 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/copyright.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/copyright.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer asio #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO 是 Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH 的商标和软件" #. type: Hash Value: nav docs #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文档为 CC BY-SA 授权" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/navigation.po index 7434e0ed4..f91c9fb2c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/navigation.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # Kingo Bingo , 2023. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-04 20:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Kingo Bingo \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -122,7 +123,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" -msgstr "提示和技巧" +msgstr "提示与技巧" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 diff --git a/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md b/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md index 9c7b16920..47c7c8fd4 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md +++ b/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ [comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents) - `-h` or `--help` Display help text -- `-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on "Show Library folder" in "Show view options" in Finder to see this folder.) +- `-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on "Show Library folder" in "Show view options" in Finder to see this folder.) - `-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) - `-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124 - `--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). diff --git a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md index 8c3fb8570..cd9baaf19 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md +++ b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful **Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in ```shell -$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/ +$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/ ``` # Command Line Options diff --git a/wiki/en/misc/1-index.md b/wiki/en/misc/1-index.md index 6fbeb6265..bee7563cf 100644 --- a/wiki/en/misc/1-index.md +++ b/wiki/en/misc/1-index.md @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone
- - A screenshot of the main mixer window showing several people from different countries connected. + + A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected.
Jamulus is international